path: root/help/de/de.po

# translation of evolution manual to german
#
# ##
# appointment  - Termin
# caveats - (?) Verwahrungswunsch
# chair person - Vorsitzender
# delegate - Vertreter / übertragen / vertreten
# delegation - Vertretung/Übertragung
# delegator  -  (der) Vertretene
# delivery receipt - Empfangsbestätigung
# frequent contacts - häufig benutzte Kontakte
# meeting - Besprechung
# memo  -  Notiz
# out of office message - Abwesenheitsnachricht
# posted - beauftragt, aufgegeben
# proxy - hier: Vertretung
# read receipt - Lesebestätigung
# receive email - E-Mail abrufen
# send options - Versandoptionen
# sensivity  - Vertraulichkeit
# ##
#
# Andre Klapper <ak-47@gmx.net>, 2007-2009.
# Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011.
# Christian Kirbach <Christian.Kirbach@googlemail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011.
# Gabor Karsay <gabor.karsay@gmx.at>, 2011.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: manual_evolution\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-16 10:01+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-12-17 15:56+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Christian Kirbach <Christian.Kirbach@googlemail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Deutsch <>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: \n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 0.3\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: German\n"
"X-Poedit-Country: GERMANY\n"

#: C/using-categories.page:5(desc)
msgid "Using and managing categories for appointments, contacts, memos and tasks."
msgstr "Kategorien für Termine, Kontakte, Notizen und Aufgaben verwenden und verwalten."

#: C/using-categories.page:13(name)
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:11(name)
#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:11(name)
#: C/tasks-usage.page:11(name)
#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:11(name)
#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:11(name)
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:11(name)
#: C/tasks-searching.page:16(name)
#: C/tasks-organizing.page:12(name)
#: C/tasks-local.page:11(name)
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:11(name)
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:11(name)
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:11(name)
#: C/searching-items.page:9(name)
#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:12(name)
#: C/problems-getting-help.page:12(name)
#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:12(name)
#: C/organizing.page:9(name)
#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:15(name)
#: C/memos-usage.page:11(name)
#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:11(name)
#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:11(name)
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:11(name)
#: C/memos-searching.page:16(name)
#: C/mail-wrong-fonts-in-3-0.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:10(name)
#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-spam.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-unmark-message.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-remove-from-list.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-mark-message.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-manage-list.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-add-to-list.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:13(name)
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:18(name)
#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-searching.page:16(name)
#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:9(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:24(name)
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-organizing.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-layout-changing.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-labels.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:13(name)
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-folders.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-filters.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:16(name)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-error-folder-mismatch.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-error-failed-to-append-to-sent-folder.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-encryption.page:25(name)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-displaying-no-css.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:13(name)
#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:23(name)
#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:23(name)
#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:14(name)
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:23(name)
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:10(name)
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:10(name)
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:10(name)
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:10(name)
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:10(name)
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:10(name)
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:13(name)
#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:10(name)
#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-attachments.page:9(name)
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-account-management.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:13(name)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:13(name)
#: C/intro-first-run.page:11(name)
#: C/index.page:14(name)
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:11(name)
#: C/import-single-files.page:11(name)
#: C/import-data.page:11(name)
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:11(name)
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:11(name)
#: C/groupwise-placeholder.page:11(name)
#: C/google-services.page:9(name)
#: C/express-mode.page:11(name)
#: C/exporting-data.page:11(name)
#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:11(name)
#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:11(name)
#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:11(name)
#: C/exchange-placeholder.page:11(name)
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:11(name)
#: C/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page:11(name)
#: C/deleting-emails.page:16(name)
#: C/deleting-appointments.page:11(name)
#: C/default-browser.page:11(name)
#: C/data-storage.page:11(name)
#: C/credits.page:11(name)
#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:11(name)
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:11(name)
#: C/contacts-usage.page:11(name)
#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:11(name)
#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:11(name)
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:11(name)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:16(name)
#: C/contacts-organizing.page:12(name)
#: C/contacts-local.page:11(name)
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:11(name)
#: C/contacts-google.page:12(name)
#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:15(name)
#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:11(name)
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:10(name)
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-weather.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-usage.page:12(name)
#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-sharing-information.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:16(name)
#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-publishing.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-organizing.page:12(name)
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-meetings.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-local.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-layout.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-google.page:12(name)
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-classifications.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:11(name)
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:11(name)
#: C/backup-restore.page:12(name)
msgid "Andre Klapper"
msgstr "Andre Klapper"

#: C/using-categories.page:14(email)
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:12(email)
#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:12(email)
#: C/tasks-usage.page:12(email)
#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:12(email)
#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:12(email)
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:12(email)
#: C/tasks-searching.page:17(email)
#: C/tasks-organizing.page:13(email)
#: C/tasks-local.page:12(email)
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:12(email)
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:12(email)
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:12(email)
#: C/searching-items.page:10(email)
#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:13(email)
#: C/problems-getting-help.page:13(email)
#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:13(email)
#: C/organizing.page:10(email)
#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:16(email)
#: C/memos-usage.page:12(email)
#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:12(email)
#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:12(email)
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:12(email)
#: C/memos-searching.page:17(email)
#: C/mail-wrong-fonts-in-3-0.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:11(email)
#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-spam.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-unmark-message.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-remove-from-list.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-mark-message.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-manage-list.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-add-to-list.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:14(email)
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:19(email)
#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-searching.page:17(email)
#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:16(email)
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:10(email)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:25(email)
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-organizing.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:16(email)
#: C/mail-layout-changing.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-labels.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:14(email)
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-folders.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-filters.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:17(email)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-error-folder-mismatch.page:16(email)
#: C/mail-error-failed-to-append-to-sent-folder.page:16(email)
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-encryption.page:26(email)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:16(email)
#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-displaying-no-css.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:14(email)
#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:24(email)
#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:24(email)
#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:15(email)
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:24(email)
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:11(email)
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:11(email)
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:11(email)
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:11(email)
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:11(email)
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:11(email)
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:14(email)
#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:11(email)
#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-attachments.page:10(email)
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-account-management.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:14(email)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:14(email)
#: C/intro-first-run.page:12(email)
#: C/index.page:15(email)
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:12(email)
#: C/import-single-files.page:12(email)
#: C/import-data.page:12(email)
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:12(email)
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:12(email)
#: C/groupwise-placeholder.page:12(email)
#: C/google-services.page:10(email)
#: C/express-mode.page:12(email)
#: C/exporting-data.page:12(email)
#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:12(email)
#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:12(email)
#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:12(email)
#: C/exchange-placeholder.page:12(email)
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:12(email)
#: C/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page:12(email)
#: C/deleting-emails.page:17(email)
#: C/deleting-appointments.page:12(email)
#: C/default-browser.page:12(email)
#: C/data-storage.page:12(email)
#: C/credits.page:12(email)
#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:12(email)
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:12(email)
#: C/contacts-usage.page:12(email)
#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:12(email)
#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:12(email)
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:12(email)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:17(email)
#: C/contacts-organizing.page:13(email)
#: C/contacts-local.page:12(email)
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:12(email)
#: C/contacts-google.page:13(email)
#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:16(email)
#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:12(email)
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:11(email)
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-weather.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-usage.page:13(email)
#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-sharing-information.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:17(email)
#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-publishing.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-organizing.page:13(email)
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-meetings.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-local.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-layout.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-google.page:13(email)
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-classifications.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:12(email)
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:12(email)
#: C/backup-restore.page:13(email)
msgid "ak-47@gmx.net"
msgstr "ak-47@gmx.net"

#: C/using-categories.page:17(name)
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:15(name)
#: C/tasks-searching.page:20(name)
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:15(name)
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:15(name)
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:15(name)
#: C/memos-searching.page:20(name)
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:14(name)
#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:16(name)
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:20(name)
#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:19(name)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-unmark-message.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-remove-from-list.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-mark-message.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-manage-list.page:19(name)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-add-to-list.page:19(name)
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:20(name)
#: C/mail-searching.page:20(name)
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:19(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:16(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:16(name)
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:17(name)
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:16(name)
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-folders.page:20(name)
#: C/mail-filters.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:20(name)
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:17(name)
#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:18(name)
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:14(name)
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:14(name)
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:14(name)
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:17(name)
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:14(name)
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:14(name)
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:13(name)
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:16(name)
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:16(name)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:21(name)
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:15(name)
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:15(name)
#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:15(name)
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:15(name)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:20(name)
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:15(name)
#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:19(name)
#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:15(name)
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:15(name)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:20(name)
#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:15(name)
#: C/calendar-publishing.page:15(name)
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:15(name)
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:15(name)
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:15(name)
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:15(name)
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:15(name)
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:15(name)
#: C/calendar-google.page:16(name)
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:15(name)
#: C/calendar-classifications.page:15(name)
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:15(name)
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:15(name)
msgid "Novell, Inc"
msgstr "Novell, Inc"

#: C/using-categories.page:20(p)
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:15(p)
#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:15(p)
#: C/tasks-usage.page:15(p)
#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:15(p)
#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:15(p)
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:18(p)
#: C/tasks-searching.page:23(p)
#: C/tasks-organizing.page:16(p)
#: C/tasks-local.page:15(p)
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:18(p)
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:15(p)
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:18(p)
#: C/searching-items.page:13(p)
#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:16(p)
#: C/problems-getting-help.page:16(p)
#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:16(p)
#: C/organizing.page:13(p)
#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:19(p)
#: C/memos-usage.page:15(p)
#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:15(p)
#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:15(p)
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:18(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:23(p)
#: C/mail-wrong-fonts-in-3-0.page:16(p)
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:17(p)
#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:19(p)
#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:23(p)
#: C/mail-spam.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:22(p)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-unmark-message.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-remove-from-list.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-mark-message.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-manage-list.page:22(p)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-add-to-list.page:22(p)
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:23(p)
#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:17(p)
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:22(p)
#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-searching.page:23(p)
#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:16(p)
#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:19(p)
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:22(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:13(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:19(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:28(p)
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:19(p)
#: C/mail-organizing.page:16(p)
#: C/mail-not-sent.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:19(p)
#: C/mail-layout-changing.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-labels.page:16(p)
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:20(p)
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:19(p)
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-folders.page:23(p)
#: C/mail-filters.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:20(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-error-folder-mismatch.page:19(p)
#: C/mail-error-failed-to-append-to-sent-folder.page:19(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-encryption.page:29(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:19(p)
#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-displaying-no-css.page:16(p)
#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:23(p)
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:20(p)
#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:27(p)
#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:27(p)
#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:21(p)
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:16(p)
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:27(p)
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:17(p)
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:17(p)
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:17(p)
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:14(p)
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:17(p)
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:17(p)
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:16(p)
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:18(p)
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:17(p)
#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:14(p)
#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:16(p)
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:19(p)
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:19(p)
#: C/mail-attachments.page:13(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:16(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:16(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-account-management.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:15(p)
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:17(p)
#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:17(p)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:24(p)
#: C/intro-first-run.page:15(p)
#: C/index.page:18(p)
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:18(p)
#: C/import-single-files.page:15(p)
#: C/import-data.page:15(p)
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:18(p)
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:15(p)
#: C/groupwise-placeholder.page:15(p)
#: C/google-services.page:13(p)
#: C/express-mode.page:15(p)
#: C/exporting-data.page:15(p)
#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:15(p)
#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:18(p)
#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:15(p)
#: C/exchange-placeholder.page:15(p)
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:15(p)
#: C/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page:15(p)
#: C/deleting-emails.page:20(p)
#: C/deleting-appointments.page:15(p)
#: C/default-browser.page:15(p)
#: C/data-storage.page:15(p)
#: C/credits.page:15(p)
#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:15(p)
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:18(p)
#: C/contacts-usage.page:15(p)
#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:15(p)
#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:15(p)
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:15(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:23(p)
#: C/contacts-organizing.page:16(p)
#: C/contacts-local.page:15(p)
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:18(p)
#: C/contacts-google.page:16(p)
#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:22(p)
#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:19(p)
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:14(p)
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:15(p)
#: C/calendar-weather.page:15(p)
#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:18(p)
#: C/calendar-usage.page:16(p)
#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:15(p)
#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:15(p)
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:15(p)
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:18(p)
#: C/calendar-sharing-information.page:15(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:23(p)
#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:18(p)
#: C/calendar-publishing.page:18(p)
#: C/calendar-organizing.page:16(p)
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:18(p)
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:18(p)
#: C/calendar-meetings.page:15(p)
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:18(p)
#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:15(p)
#: C/calendar-local.page:15(p)
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:18(p)
#: C/calendar-layout.page:15(p)
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:18(p)
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:18(p)
#: C/calendar-google.page:19(p)
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:18(p)
#: C/calendar-classifications.page:18(p)
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:18(p)
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:18(p)
#: C/backup-restore.page:16(p)
msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
msgstr "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"

#: C/using-categories.page:25(title)
msgid "Using Categories"
msgstr "Kategorien verwenden"

#: C/using-categories.page:27(p)
msgid "Another way to group contacts, appointments, tasks and memos (summarized by the term \"objects\" in the following text) is to mark them as belonging to different categories. You can mark an object as being in several categories or no category at all. For example in your address book, you put a friend in the \"Business\" category because he works with you and the \"Friends\" category because he is a friend."
msgstr "Eine andere Methode, wie Sie Kontakte, Termine, Aufgaben und Notizen (im Folgenden unter dem Begriff »Objekte« zusammengefasst) ordnen können, besteht darin, ihnen verschiedene Kategorien zuzuweisen. Sie können einem Objekt mehrere oder gar keine Kategorien zuordnen. Sie können zum Beispiel in Ihrem Adressbuch einen Freund in der Kategorie »Geschäftlich« einordnen, da er mit Ihnen arbeitet, und in die Kategorie »Freunde«, da er ein Freund ist."

#: C/using-categories.page:29(p)
msgid "To display only the objects in a particular category, select the corresponding category in the quick <link xref=\"searching-items\">search</link> bar."
msgstr "Um nur die Objekte einer bestimmten Kategorie anzuzeigen, wählen Sie die entsprechende Kategorie in der Leiste für die schnelle <link xref=\"searching-items\">Suche</link>."

#: C/using-categories.page:32(title)
msgid "Setting categories for an object"
msgstr "Einem Objekt Kategorien zuweisen"

#: C/using-categories.page:34(p)
msgid "To mark an object as belonging to a category,"
msgstr "Um ein Objekt als zu einer Kategorie zugehörig zu markieren,"

#: C/using-categories.page:36(p)
msgid "Double-click the object to bring up the corresponding editor."
msgstr "Klicken Sie doppelt auf das Objekt, damit das entsprechende Editor-Fenster geöffnet wird."

#: C/using-categories.page:37(p)
#: C/using-categories.page:49(p)
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Categories...</gui>. (If this button is not available, select <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Categories</gui></guiseq>.)"
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Kategorien …</gui> (Wenn dieser Knopf nicht vorhanden ist, wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Kategorien</gui></guiseq>.)"

#: C/using-categories.page:38(p)
msgid "Select the category from the list. You can select as many or as few categories as you like."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Kategorie aus der Liste aus. Sie können so viele Kategorien aussuchen, wie Sie möchten."

#: C/using-categories.page:44(title)
msgid "Adding and managing categories"
msgstr "Hinzufügen und Verwalten von Kategorien"

#: C/using-categories.page:46(p)
msgid "If the default list of categories does not suit your needs, you can add your own categories either directly via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Available Categories</gui></guiseq>, or indirectly when editing an object:"
msgstr "Wenn die vorgegebene Kategorienliste Ihren Bedürfnisse nicht entspricht, können Sie Ihre eigenen Kategorien hinzufügen, entweder direkt über <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Verfügbare Kategorien</gui></guiseq> oder indirekt, wenn Sie ein Objekt bearbeiten:"

#: C/using-categories.page:48(p)
msgid "Double-click any object to bring up th corresponding editor."
msgstr "Klicken Sie doppelt auf ein beliebiges Objekt, um den entsprechenden Editor zu öffnen."

#: C/using-categories.page:50(p)
msgid "Enter the new category in the entry box at the top."
msgstr "Geben Sie den Namen der Kategorie in das Textfeld oben ein."

#: C/using-categories.page:51(p)
#: C/using-categories.page:53(p)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-remove-from-list.page:28(p)
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:46(p)
#: C/mail-filters.page:50(p)
#: C/mail-filters.page:71(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:34(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:35(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:35(p)
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:45(p)
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:32(p)
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:37(p)
#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:27(p)
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:27(p)
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:38(p)
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui>."

#: C/using-categories.page:52(p)
msgid "You can now see the category in the <gui>Categories</gui> text field in the editor."
msgstr "Sie können nun die Kategorie im Textfeld <gui>Kategorien</gui> im Editor sehen."

#: C/using-categories.page:56(p)
msgid "In the <gui>Categories Editor</gui> you can edit or set the color and icon for each category available by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> at the bottom of the <gui>Categories</gui> window. Press <gui style=\"button\">Delete</gui> to delete categories from the list."
msgstr "Im <gui>Kategorie-Editor</gui> können Sie für jede Kategorie die Farbe und das Symbol bearbeiten oder zuweisen, indem Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Bearbeiten</gui> unten im <gui>Kategorien</gui>-Fenster klicken. Klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Löschen</gui>, wenn Sie Kategorien aus der Liste entfernen möchten."

#: C/tasks-webdav.page:5(desc)
msgid "Using an online WebDAV task list or memo list."
msgstr "Eine Online-WebDAV-Aufgaben- oder -Notizenliste verwenden."

#: C/tasks-webdav.page:20(title)
msgid "Using a WebDAV task or memo list"
msgstr "Eine WebDAV-Aufgaben- oder -Notizenliste verwenden"

#: C/tasks-webdav.page:22(p)
msgid "Lists of this type are read-only."
msgstr "Listen dieser Art können nur gelesen werden."

#: C/tasks-webdav.page:24(p)
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:22(p)
msgid "To add such a task list or memo list to Evolution, perform the following steps:"
msgstr "So fügen Sie eine Aufgaben- oder Notizenliste zu Evolution hinzu:"

#: C/tasks-webdav.page:26(p)
#: C/tasks-local.page:24(p)
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:24(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Task List</gui></guiseq> or <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Memo List</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Neu</gui><gui>Aufgabenliste</gui></guiseq> oder <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Neu</gui><gui>Notizliste</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/tasks-webdav.page:27(p)
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:25(p)
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:27(p)
msgid "Select the type <gui>On the Web</gui>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Art <gui>Im Web</gui>."

#: C/tasks-webdav.page:28(p)
#: C/tasks-local.page:26(p)
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:26(p)
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:33(p)
#: C/contacts-local.page:26(p)
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:33(p)
#: C/contacts-google.page:27(p)
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:28(p)
#: C/calendar-weather.page:28(p)
#: C/calendar-local.page:26(p)
#: C/calendar-google.page:30(p)
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:29(p)
msgid "Enter a name that you prefer."
msgstr "Geben Sie den gewünschten Namen ein."

#: C/tasks-webdav.page:29(p)
#: C/tasks-local.page:27(p)
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:27(p)
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:29(p)
#: C/calendar-weather.page:29(p)
#: C/calendar-local.page:27(p)
#: C/calendar-google.page:31(p)
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:30(p)
msgid "Optionally choose a color that you prefer."
msgstr "Wählen Sie optional die gewünschte Farbe."

#: C/tasks-webdav.page:30(p)
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:28(p)
#: C/contacts-google.page:28(p)
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:30(p)
#: C/calendar-weather.page:30(p)
#: C/calendar-google.page:32(p)
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:31(p)
msgid "Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline."
msgstr "Wählen Sie, ob Sie den Inhalt auch sehen können wollen, wenn Sie offline sind."

#: C/tasks-webdav.page:31(p)
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:29(p)
msgid "Enter the address of the list in the <gui>URL</gui> field."
msgstr "Geben Sie die Adresse der Liste im <gui>URL</gui>-Feld ein."

#: C/tasks-webdav.page:32(p)
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:30(p)
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:39(p)
#: C/contacts-google.page:30(p)
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:32(p)
#: C/calendar-weather.page:32(p)
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:33(p)
msgid "Choose <gui>Use secure connection</gui> if you want to connect securely."
msgstr "Wählen Sie <gui>Sichere Verbindung verwenden</gui>, wenn Sie sich sicher verbinden wollen."

#: C/tasks-webdav.page:33(p)
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:36(p)
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:33(p)
msgid "Enter your username."
msgstr "Geben Sie Ihren Benutzernamen ein."

#: C/tasks-webdav.page:34(p)
#: C/tasks-local.page:28(p)
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:32(p)
#: C/contacts-local.page:27(p)
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:36(p)
#: C/contacts-google.page:31(p)
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:34(p)
#: C/calendar-weather.page:34(p)
#: C/calendar-local.page:28(p)
#: C/calendar-google.page:35(p)
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:35(p)
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Anwenden</gui>."

#: C/tasks-webdav.page:37(p)
msgid "The list will be added in Evolution."
msgstr "Die Liste wird zu Evolution hinzugefügt."

#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:5(desc)
msgid "Adding and using more than one task list or memo list."
msgstr "Aufgaben- und Notizenlisten hinzufügen und mehr als eine Liste verwenden."

#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:20(title)
msgid "Using several task lists or memo lists"
msgstr "Mehrere Aufgaben- oder Notizenlisten verwenden"

#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:22(p)
msgid "You can have multiple task or memo lists and choose which of your lists get displayed. For example, you might have tasks for work, tasks for home, and tasks for the singing club that you are a member of. The side bar lists those lists, and you can select or deselect any of the boxes next to them to show and hide the corresponding tasks or memos in your view."
msgstr "Sie können mehrere Aufgaben- oder Notizenlisten verwenden und auswählen, welche Ihrer Listen angezeigt werden. So können Sie zum Beispiel Aufgaben für die Arbeit, für zu Hause und für den Gesangverein, in dem Sie Mitglied sind, haben. In der Seitenleiste werden diese Listen aufgelistet, und Sie können durch das Aus- und Abwählen der Ankreuzfelder neben den Namen entscheiden, ob die entsprechenden Aufgaben und Notizen in Ihrer Ansicht angezeigt oder verborgen werden."

#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:24(p)
msgid "Tasks and memos from each task or memo list appear as different colors."
msgstr "Die Aufgaben und Notizen jeder Aufgaben- oder Notizenliste erscheinen in einer anderen Farbe."

#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:26(p)
msgid "You can also use lists that are not on your computer, such as on the internet."
msgstr "Sie können auch Listen verwenden, die nicht auf Ihrem Rechner sind, etwa solche im Internet."

#: C/tasks-usage.page:5(desc)
msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting tasks."
msgstr "Über das Hinzufügen, Bearbeiten und Löschen von Aufgaben."

#: C/tasks-usage.page:20(title)
msgid "Add, Edit, and Delete Tasks"
msgstr "Aufgaben hinzufügen, bearbeiten und löschen"

#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:5(desc)
msgid "Editing a task in your task list."
msgstr "Eine Aufgabe in Ihrer Aufgabenliste bearbeiten."

#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:20(title)
msgid "Editing a Task"
msgstr "Eine Aufgabe bearbeiten"

#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:22(p)
msgid "If you want to change a task that already exists in your task lists,"
msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Aufgabe ändern möchten, die bereits in Ihren Aufgabenlisten vorhanden ist,"

#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:25(p)
msgid "Double-click on the task that you want to edit in the list of tasks, or right-click on the task and click <key>Open Task</key>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie in der Aufgabenliste doppelt auf die zu bearbeitende Aufgabe oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Aufgabe und wählen Sie <key>Aufgabe öffnen</key>."

#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:26(p)
msgid "Edit the task information."
msgstr "Geben Sie die Informationen zur Aufgabe ein."

#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:27(p)
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:29(p)
#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:27(p)
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:29(p)
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:49(p)
#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:27(p)
msgid "Click the <gui style=\"button\">Save</gui> button, or <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den <gui style=\"button\">Speichern</gui>-Knopf oder <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Speichern</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:5(desc)
msgid "Deleting a task from your task list."
msgstr "Eine Aufgabe aus Ihrer Aufgabenliste löschen."

#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:20(title)
msgid "Deleting a Task"
msgstr "Eine Aufgabe löschen"

#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:22(p)
msgid "If you want to delete a task in your task lists, right-click on the task and select <gui>Delete</gui>, or click on the task and click <gui>Delete</gui> in the tool bar or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq>, or click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Delete Task</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Aufgabe in Ihrer Aufgabenliste löschen möchten, so klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Aufgabe und wählen Sie <gui>Löschen</gui>, oder wählen Sie die Aufgabe per linker Maustaste aus und wählen Sie <gui>Löschen</gui> in der Werkzeugleiste. Alternativ drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>D</key></keyseq> oder wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Aufgabe löschen</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:5(desc)
msgid "Adding a task to your task list."
msgstr "Eine Aufgabe zu Ihrer Aufgabenliste hinzufügen."

#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:23(title)
msgid "Adding a Task"
msgstr "Eine Aufgabe hinzufügen"

#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:26(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Task</gui></guiseq>, or press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Neu</gui><gui>Aufgabe</gui></guiseq> oder drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>T</key></keyseq>."

#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:27(p)
msgid "Select a task list in the <gui>List</gui> dropdown list."
msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Aufgabe in der <gui>Liste</gui>-Auswahlliste."

#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:28(p)
msgid "Enter the task information."
msgstr "Geben Sie die Informationen zur Aufgabe ein."

#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:32(p)
msgid "If you just want to quickly add a task by entering a summary you can directly enter it in the list of tasks."
msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Aufgabe zügig per Zusammenfassung hinzufügen möchten, so geben Sie diese direkt in der Aufgabenliste ein."

#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:34(p)
msgid "You can also define a <link xref=\"calendar-timezones\">time zone</link>, a <link xref=\"using-categories\">category</link>, or a <link xref=\"calendar-classifications\">classification</link> for the task, or add an attachment."
msgstr "Legen Sie auf Wunsch eine <link xref=\"calendar-timezones\">Zeitzone</link>, eine <link xref=\"using-categories\">Kategorie</link> oder eine <link xref=\"calendar-classifications\">Einstufung</link> für die Aufgabe fest. Oder Sie fügen einen Anhang hinzu."

#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:37(title)
msgid "Assigned Tasks"
msgstr "Zugewiesene Aufgaben"

#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:39(p)
msgid "Evolution can be used to assign a task to multiple people."
msgstr "Evolution kann Aufgaben mehreren Personen zuweisen."

#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:40(p)
msgid "When you assign a task, you can specify the attendees in several categories, such as \"chair\" or \"required\". When you save the task, each attendee is sent an email with the task information, which also gives them the option to respond."
msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Aufgabe zuweisen, so können Sie die Teilnehmer in mehrere Kategorien einordnen, wie zum Beispiel als »Vorsitzender« oder »Benötigter Teilnehmer«. Wenn Sie eine Aufgabe speichern, wird jedem Teilnehmer eine E-Mail mit Informationen zur Aufgabe und der Möglichkeit zur Antwort geschickt."

#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:41(p)
msgid "This is similar to <link xref=\"calendar-meetings-sending-invitation\">meetings</link>."
msgstr "Dies ist ähnlich wie bei <link xref=\"calendar-meetings-sending-invitation\">Besprechungen</link>."

#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:42(p)
msgid "To create an Assigned Task, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Assigned Task</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Um eine zugewiesene Aufgabe zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Neu</gui><gui>Zugewiesene Aufgabe</gui></guiseq>."

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
#: C/tasks-searching.page:34(None)
#: C/memos-searching.page:34(None)
#: C/mail-searching.page:33(None)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:34(None)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:34(None)
msgid "@@image: 'figures/search-icon.png'; md5=cd4b82c84c628bfbbfa39d1e0d1eae89"
msgstr "lokalisiert - verwendet original"

#: C/tasks-searching.page:5(desc)
msgid "Searching tasks."
msgstr "Nach Aufgaben suchen."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:12(name)
#: C/memos-searching.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-searching.page:12(name)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:12(name)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:12(name)
msgid "Max Vorobuov"
msgstr "Max Vorobuov"

#: C/tasks-searching.page:13(email)
#: C/memos-searching.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-searching.page:13(email)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:13(email)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:13(email)
msgid "vmax0770@gmail.com"
msgstr "vmax0770@gmail.com"

#: C/tasks-searching.page:28(title)
msgid "Searching Tasks"
msgstr "Nach Aufgaben suchen"

#: C/tasks-searching.page:30(title)
#: C/memos-searching.page:30(title)
#: C/mail-searching.page:30(title)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:30(title)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:30(title)
msgid "Quick Search"
msgstr "Schnelle Suche"

#: C/tasks-searching.page:31(p)
msgid "In the Tasks view, you can quickly search for tasks either by summary or by category."
msgstr "Durchsuchen Sie zügig die Aufgaben nach Zusammenfassung oder Kategorie in der Aufgabenansicht."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:32(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:32(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:32(p)
msgid "Searching by summary:"
msgstr "Nach Zusammenfassung suchen:"

#: C/tasks-searching.page:34(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:34(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:34(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:34(p)
msgid "Click the search icon <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/search-icon.png\"/> to expand the drop-down list."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf das Such-Symbol <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/search-icon.png\"/>, um die Auswahlliste auszuklappen."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:35(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:35(p)
#: C/mail-searching.page:34(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:35(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:35(p)
msgid "Select the search condition from the list."
msgstr "Wählen Sie das Suchkriterium aus der Liste aus."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:36(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:36(p)
#: C/mail-searching.page:36(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:36(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:36(p)
msgid "Enter the text you want to search for and press <key>Enter</key>."
msgstr "Geben Sie im Suchfeld den Begriff ein, nach dem Sie suchen möchten, und drücken Sie die <key>Eingabetaste</key>."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:37(p)
#: C/tasks-searching.page:43(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:37(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:43(p)
#: C/mail-searching.page:37(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:37(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:43(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:37(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:43(p)
msgid "Evolution displays the search results."
msgstr "Evolution zeigt die Suchergebnisse an."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:39(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:39(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:39(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:39(p)
msgid "Searching by category:"
msgstr "Nach Kategorie suchen:"

#: C/tasks-searching.page:41(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:41(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:41(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:41(p)
msgid "Click the <gui>Show</gui> drop-down list."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf die Auswahlliste <gui>Anzeigen</gui>."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:42(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:42(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:42(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:42(p)
msgid "Select the category from the list."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Kategorie aus der Liste aus."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:45(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:45(p)
#: C/mail-searching.page:41(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:45(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:45(p)
msgid "If you want to set several search conditions, you should use an Advanced search, which is described below."
msgstr "Verwenden Sie die Erweiterte Suche, um mehrere Suchbedingungen festzulegen. Diese ist im Folgenden beschrieben."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:49(title)
#: C/memos-searching.page:49(title)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:49(title)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:49(title)
msgid "Advanced Search"
msgstr "Erweiterte Suche"

#: C/tasks-searching.page:51(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:51(p)
#: C/mail-searching.page:47(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:51(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:51(p)
msgid "Select the <guiseq><gui>Search</gui><gui>Advanced Search</gui></guiseq> menu to open the dialog box."
msgstr "Wählen Sie im Menü <guiseq><gui>Suche</gui><gui>Erweiterte Suche</gui></guiseq>, um das entsprechende Fenster zu öffnen."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:52(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:52(p)
#: C/mail-searching.page:48(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:52(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:52(p)
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Add Condition</gui> to add any number of rules."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Bedingung hinzufügen</gui>, um eine beliebige Anzahl Regeln hinzuzufügen."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:53(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:53(p)
#: C/mail-searching.page:49(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:53(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:53(p)
msgid "Select the condition from the dropdown list, and then type a search entry in the field."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Bedingung in der Auswahlliste aus und geben Sie danach einen Suchbegriff in das Feld ein."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:54(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:54(p)
#: C/mail-searching.page:50(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:54(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:54(p)
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui> to get the search results displayed."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui>, um die Suchergebnisse anzuzeigen."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:60(title)
#: C/memos-searching.page:60(title)
#: C/mail-searching.page:56(title)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:60(title)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:60(title)
msgid "Clearing the Search results"
msgstr "Das Suchfeld leeren"

#: C/tasks-searching.page:61(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:61(p)
#: C/mail-searching.page:57(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:61(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:61(p)
msgid "To clear your search view and get back to the default view, click the <gui>Clear</gui> icon in the search string field, or choose <guiseq><gui>Search</gui><gui>Clear</gui></guiseq> from the menubar. You can also press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Q</key></keyseq> to clear the search."
msgstr "Um die Suche zu löschen und zur Standard-Ansicht zurückzukehren, klicken Sie auf das <gui>Leeren</gui>-Symbol rechts im Suchfeld, oder wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Suchen</gui><gui>Leeren</gui></guiseq> in der Menüleiste aus. Sie können auch <keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Q</key></keyseq> zum Leeren des Feldes drücken."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:65(title)
#: C/memos-searching.page:65(title)
#: C/mail-searching.page:61(title)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:65(title)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:65(title)
msgid "Saved Searches"
msgstr "Gespeicherte Suchen"

#: C/tasks-searching.page:66(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:66(p)
#: C/mail-searching.page:62(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:66(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:66(p)
msgid "If you search for something rather often, you will prefer not to type it many times. In this case you can use saved searches."
msgstr "Wenn Sie nach etwas Bestimmtem häufig suchen, so bietet es sich an, Tipparbeit zu sparen und gespeicherte Suchen einzusetzen."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:67(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:67(p)
#: C/mail-searching.page:63(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:67(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:67(p)
msgid "To save your search results, either click <gui>Save</gui> instead of <gui>OK</gui> in the Search dialog, or in case the search results are already displayed, select <guiseq><gui>Search</gui><gui>Save Search</gui></guiseq>. From now on this search will be directly available from the <gui>Search</gui> menu."
msgstr "Um Ihre Suchergebnisse zu speichern, klicken Sie im Suchfenster auf <gui>Speichern</gui> anstatt auf <gui>OK</gui>. Falls die Suchergebnisse bereits angezeigt werden, wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Suche</gui><gui>Suche speichern</gui></guiseq>. Ab diesem Zeitpunkt wird die Suche direkt im Menü <gui>Suche</gui> verfügbar sein."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:71(title)
#: C/memos-searching.page:71(title)
#: C/mail-searching.page:67(title)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:71(title)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:71(title)
msgid "Editing a Saved Search"
msgstr "Eine gespeicherte Suche bearbeiten"

#: C/tasks-searching.page:73(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:73(p)
#: C/mail-searching.page:69(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:73(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:73(p)
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Search</gui><gui>Edit Saved Searches</gui></guiseq> from the menu bar to open the window."
msgstr "Wählen Sie im Menü <guiseq><gui>Suchen</gui><gui>Gespeicherte Suchen bearbeiten</gui></guiseq>, um das entsprechende Fenster zu öffnen."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:74(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:74(p)
#: C/mail-searching.page:70(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:74(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:74(p)
msgid "Click the <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> button to open the <gui>Edit Rule</gui> window."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den <gui style=\"button\">Bearbeiten</gui>-Knopf, um das <gui>Regel bearbeiten</gui>-Fenster zu öffnen."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:75(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:75(p)
#: C/mail-searching.page:71(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:75(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:75(p)
msgid "Edit the title or search conditions from the dialog box."
msgstr "Ändern Sie den Titel oder die gewünschten Suchkriterien im Dialogfeld."

#: C/tasks-searching.page:76(p)
#: C/memos-searching.page:76(p)
#: C/mail-searching.page:72(p)
#: C/contacts-searching.page:76(p)
#: C/calendar-searching.page:76(p)
msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>OK</gui>."

#: C/tasks-organizing.page:5(desc)
msgid "On task and memo lists, searching, and categories."
msgstr "Über Aufgaben- und Notizlisten, Suchvorgänge und Kategorien."

#: C/tasks-organizing.page:21(title)
msgid "Sorting and organizing tasks and memos"
msgstr "Aufgaben und Notizen sortieren und organisieren"

#: C/tasks-local.page:5(desc)
msgid "Adding another local task or memo list."
msgstr "Eine weitere lokale Aufgaben- oder Notizliste hinzufügen."

#: C/tasks-local.page:20(title)
msgid "Adding another local task or memo list"
msgstr "Eine weitere lokale Aufgaben- oder Notizliste hinzufügen"

#: C/tasks-local.page:22(p)
msgid "To add another local task list to Evolution, perform the following steps:"
msgstr "Sie fügen wie folgt eine weitere lokale Aufgabenliste zu Evolution hinzu:"

#: C/tasks-local.page:25(p)
#: C/contacts-local.page:25(p)
#: C/calendar-local.page:25(p)
msgid "Select the type <gui>On This Computer</gui>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie den Typ <gui>Auf diesem Rechner</gui>."

#: C/tasks-local.page:31(p)
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:35(p)
msgid "The task list will be added to the list of task lists in Evolution."
msgstr "Die Aufgabe wird daraufhin zu der Aufgabenliste in Evolution hinzugefügt."

#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:5(desc)
msgid "Options for displaying task completion and due dates."
msgstr "Optionen für die Anzeige für Aufgabenabschlüsse und Fälligkeitsdaten."

#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:23(title)
msgid "Displaying of tasks"
msgstr "Aufgaben anzeigen"

#. TODO:POST-3-2: Just listing the partially busted UI options (also see calendar-layout-appointment-display) here is very poor and not task-oriented, but that's it for the time being. Better ideas welcome.
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:27(p)
msgid "The following task-related options are available under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui><gui>Tasks</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Die folgenden auf Aufgaben bezogenen Optionen sind unter <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Einstellungen</gui><gui>Kalender und Aufgaben</gui><gui>Aufgaben</gui></guiseq> verfügbar."

#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:31(p)
msgid "Tasks due today:"
msgstr "Heute fällige Aufgaben:"

#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:32(p)
msgid "Select the color for tasks due today."
msgstr "Wählt die Farbe für heute fällige Aufgabe aus."

#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:33(p)
msgid "Overdue tasks:"
msgstr "Überfällige Aufgaben:"

#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:34(p)
msgid "Select the color for overdue tasks."
msgstr "Wählt die Farbe für überfällige Aufgaben aus."

#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:35(p)
msgid "Hide completed tasks after:"
msgstr "Erledigte Aufgaben verbergen nach:"

#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:36(p)
msgid "Select this option to have completed tasks hidden after a period of time measured in days, hours, or minutes. If you do not select this option, completed tasks remain in your task list, marked as complete."
msgstr "Wählen Sie diese Option aus, wenn erledigte Aufgaben nach einer gewissen Anzahl von Tagen, Stunden oder Minuten verborgen werden sollen. Wenn Sie diese Option nicht auswählen, verbleiben erledigte Aufgaben in Ihrer Aufgabenliste und werden als erledigt markiert."

#: C/tasks-caldav.page:5(desc)
msgid "Using an online CalDAV task list or memo list."
msgstr "Eine CalDAV-Aufgaben- oder -Notizliste hinzufügen"

#: C/tasks-caldav.page:20(title)
msgid "Using a CalDAV task or memo list"
msgstr "Eine CalDAV-Aufgaben- oder -Notizliste hinzufügen"

#: C/tasks-caldav.page:31(p)
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:34(p)
msgid "Enter your username and your email address."
msgstr "Bitte geben Sie Ihren Benutzernamen und Ihre E-Mail-Adresse ein."

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:5(desc)
msgid "Synchronize Evolution data with handheld devices and mobile phones."
msgstr "Die Evolution-Daten mit Handheld-Geräten und Mobiltelefonen abgleichen."

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:23(title)
msgid "Synchronize <em>Evolution</em> with other devices"
msgstr "<em>Evolution</em> mit anderen Geräten abgleichen"

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:25(p)
msgid "There are currently no \"recommended instructions\" for users."
msgstr "Derzeit gibt es keine »empfohlenen Anweisungen« für Benutzer."

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:27(p)
msgid "Many distributions provide the application <link href=\"http://syncevolution.org/\">SyncEvolution</link> that can be used in combination with devices that support <link href=\"https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/SyncML\">SyncML</link>."
msgstr "Viele Distributionen stellen die Anwendung <link href=\"http://syncevolution.org/\">SyncEvolution</link> bereit, welches in Kombination mit Geräten, die <link href=\"https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/SyncML\">SyncML</link> unterstützen, verwendet werden kann."

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:29(p)
msgid "Another option might be to use applications and devices that both support the <link href=\"https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/ActiveSync\">ActiveSync protocol</link>. A <link href=\"https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/List_of_collaborative_software\">list of collaborative software</link> is available on Wikipedia."
msgstr "Eine weitere Möglichkeit ist der Einsatz von Anwendungen und Geräten, die beide das <link href=\"https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/ActiveSync\">ActiveSync-Protokoll</link> unterstützen. Eine (englischsprachige) <link href=\"https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/List_of_collaborative_software\">Liste mitwirkender Software</link> wird bei Wikipedia gepflegt."

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:31(p)
msgid "If you can provide good practices or more information on this topic feel free to file a bug report in <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=evolution&amp;component=User%20Documentation\">GNOME's bug tracking system</link>."
msgstr "Wenn Sie Erfahrungen oder weitere Informationen zu diesem Thema liefern möchten, so erstellen Sie bitte einen Fehlerbericht in der <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=evolution&amp;component=User%20Documentation\">Fehlerdatenbank von GNOME</link>."

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:34(title)
msgid "Palm"
msgstr "Palm"

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:35(p)
msgid "To synchronize with a Palm OS device like the PalmPilot(TM) and the Handspring Visor several steps are needed: First, you need to enable synchronization. Second, your computer needs to recognize and access your handheld. Third, you should decide what sort of synchronization behavior you want."
msgstr "Zum Ableichen mit einem Palm OS-Gerät, wie zum Beispiel dem PalmPilot(TM) oder dem Handspring Visor, sind mehrere Schritte notwendig. Erstens: Das Aktivieren des Datenabgleichs. Zweitens muss der Rechner das tragbare Gerät erkennen und darauf zugreifen können. Drittens müssen Sie entscheiden, was genau abgeglichen werden soll."

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:37(title)
msgid "Enabling Synchronization"
msgstr "Aktivieren des Datenabgleichs"

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:38(p)
msgid "If you have not used a handheld device with your computer before, you need to configure it via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>GNOME Pilot Synchronization...</gui></guiseq>. Make sure that you have read and write permissions on the device, which is normally in <file>/dev/pilot</file>. If that does not work, check in <file>/dev/ttyS0</file> if you have a serial connection, or in <file>/dev/ttyUSB1</file> for a USB connection. You can do this by becoming root user and adding your username to the group that owns this device node. For a USB device on sync, two device nodes are created, <file>ttyUSB0</file> and <file>ttyUSB1</file>. The second node is the one to be used in configuring the device."
msgstr "Falls Sie zuvor noch kein tragbares Gerät mit Ihrem Rechner verbunden haben, so müssen Sie es über <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>GNOME Pilot abgleichen …</gui></guiseq> konfigurieren. Stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie Lese- und Schreibrechte auf dem Gerät haben, welches sich normalerweise in <file>/dev/pilot</file> befindet. Falls dies nicht funktioniert, so prüfen Sie auch <file>/dev/ttyS0</file> im Falle einer seriellen Verbindung und <file>/dev/ttyUSB1</file> bei einer USB-Verbindung. Sie können dies tun, indem Sie sich als root anmelden und Ihren Benutzernamen der Gruppe hinzufügen, die diese Geräteadresse besitzt. Im Falle eines USB-Gerätes werden zwei Dateien erstellt, <file>ttyUSB0</file> und <file>ttyUSB1</file>. Die zweite Datei wird genutzt, um das Gerät zu konfigurieren."

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:41(title)
msgid "Selecting Conduits"
msgstr "Conduits auswählen"

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:42(p)
msgid "After your computer and your Palm OS device are communicating, select the conduits you want under the <gui>Pilot Conduits</gui> section. You can use conduits to synchronize data with several applications; the Evolution conduits are labeled <gui>EAddress</gui> for the contacts in your address book; <gui>ECalendar</gui> for your calendar; and <gui>ETodo</gui> for your task list."
msgstr "Nachdem Ihr Rechner und Palm OS miteinander kommunizieren können, wählen Sie die Conduits im Bereich <gui>Pilot Conduits</gui> des Kontrollzentrums aus. Sie können Conduits verwenden, um Daten mit mehreren Anwendungen abzugleichen; die Evolution-Conduits lauten <gui>EAddress</gui> für Kontakte in Ihrem Adressbuch, <gui>ECalendar</gui> für Ihre Kalender und <gui>ETodo</gui> für Ihre Aufgabenliste."

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:43(p)
msgid "Click <gui>Enable</gui>, then click <gui>Settings</gui> to change what the conduit does when activated. Your options can vary depending on the conduit, but typically they are as follows:"
msgstr "Wählen Sie <gui>Aktivieren</gui> und klicken Sie dann auf <gui>Einstellungen</gui>, um zu bestimmen, was das Conduit nach Aktivierung tun soll. Diese Optionen unterscheiden sich je nach Conduit, sind aber üblicherweise folgende:"

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:45(p)
msgid "<gui>Disabled</gui>: Do nothing."
msgstr "<gui>Deaktiviert</gui>: Nichts tun."

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:46(p)
msgid "<gui>Synchronize</gui>: Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and from the handheld to the computer. Remove items that were on both systems but have been deleted on one."
msgstr "<gui>Abgleichen</gui>: Kopiert neue Daten vom Rechner auf das tragbare Gerät und umgekehrt. Entfernt Elemente, die auf beiden Systemen vorhanden waren, aber seit dem letzten Datenabgleich auf einem System gelöscht wurden."

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:47(p)
msgid "<gui>Copy From Pilot</gui>: If there is any new data on the handheld device, copy it to the computer."
msgstr "<gui>Von Pilot kopieren</gui>: Falls neue Daten auf dem tragbaren Gerät vorhanden sind, werden diese auf den Rechner kopiert."

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:48(p)
msgid "<gui>Copy To Pilot</gui>: Copy new data from the computer to the handheld."
msgstr "<gui>Auf Pilot kopieren</gui>: Neue Daten werden vom Rechner auf das tragbare Gerät kopiert."

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:50(p)
msgid "Select the behavior you want for each conduit you choose to use. If you're not sure, use <gui>Synchronize</gui>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie das gewünschte Verhalten für jedes Conduit, welches Sie benutzen wollen. Falls Sie sich nicht sicher sind, so benutzen Sie <gui>Abgleichen</gui>."

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:54(title)
msgid "Synchronizing Information"
msgstr "Informationen abgleichen"

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:55(p)
msgid "Use the following procedure to synchronize the data on your Palm OS device with the data you store in Evolution."
msgstr "Befolgen Sie folgende Schritte, um Daten zwischen Ihrem Palm OS-Gerät und Evolution abzugleichen:"

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:57(p)
msgid "If you want to back up your information before synchronizing, make a copy of the <file>.local/share/evolution</file> directory inside your home directory."
msgstr "Falls Sie vor dem Abgleich eine Sicherheitskopie Ihrer Evolution-Daten machen möchten, bevor Sie abgleichen, so kopieren Sie die Datei <command>.local/share/evolution</command>-Ordner in Ihrem persönlichen Ordner."

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:58(p)
msgid "Put your handheld device in its cradle and press the <gui style=\"button\">HotSync</gui> button."
msgstr "Stecken Sie das tragbare Gerät in die Halterung und drücken Sie den <gui style=\"button\">HotSync</gui>-Knopf."

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:59(p)
msgid "If you use Palm OS version 4.0 and have password protection turned on for your handheld device, you might encounter trouble synchronizing. If this happens, try turning off password protection on your handheld, synchronize it with your desktop computer, and then re-enable password protection on your handheld."
msgstr "Falls Sie Palm OS Version 4.0 benutzen und der Passwortschutz aktiviert ist, so könnten Sie auf Probleme stoßen. Falls dies passiert, so stellen Sie den Passwortschutz für Ihr tragbares Gerät ab, gleichen Sie dessen Daten mit dem Rechner ab, und aktivieren Sie dann wieder den Passwortschutz."

#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:61(p)
msgid "Now your Palm OS device will synchronize data with Evolution."
msgstr "Nun sollte Ihr Palm-OS-Gerät Daten mit Evolution abgleichen."

#: C/searching-items.page:5(desc)
msgid "Searching content and data within <em>Evolution</em>."
msgstr "Nach Daten und Inhalten in <em>Evolution</em> suchen."

#: C/searching-items.page:18(title)
msgid "Searching items"
msgstr "Nach Objekten suchen"

#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to report mistakes in the application."
msgstr "Über Fehler in der Anwendung berichten."

#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:21(title)
msgid "How to report bugs"
msgstr "Melden von Fehlern"

#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:23(p)
msgid "If you do not need help for configuration but you are sure that you have found a mistake or wrong behavior in the Evolution software, or if you want to request a feature you can file a report in the <link href=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org\">GNOME bug tracking system</link>. Note that this requires registration first. Please try to avoid filing duplicates and check the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link> first."
msgstr "Wenn Sie keine Hilfe bei der Konfiguration brauchen, sondern sich sicher sind, einen Fehler oder unerwartetes Verhalten gefunden zu haben, oder ein neues Funktionsmerkmal zu wünschen, so erstellen Sie bitte einen Fehlerbericht in der <link href=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org\">Fehlerdatenbank von GNOME</link>. Beachten Sie, dass Sie sich dazu zunächst anmelden müssen. Bitte vermeiden Sie doppelte Berichte, indem Sie die bestehenden durchsuchen. Lesen Sie zuerst bitte die <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\">Anleitung zum Erstellen von Fehlerberichten</link>."

#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:23(p)
msgid "Also note that GNOME distributions sometimes introduce their own changes in Evolution that are not included in GNOME Evolution. This is hard to recognize for users but if you are aware of it please file a bug report in <link xref=\"https://live.gnome.org/Bugsquad/TriageGuide/NonGnome#Bug_trackers_for_distributions\">the bug tracker of your GNOME distribution</link> instead."
msgstr "Bedenken Sie bitte auch, dass GNOME-Distributionen manchmal eigene Änderungen in Evolution einbringen, die nicht in GNOME Evolution enthalten sind. Jene sind für Benutzer leider kaum zu erkennen. Wenn es eine dieser Änderungen betrifft, so erstellen Sie bitte unbedingt stattdessen einen Fehlerbericht in der <link xref=\"https://live.gnome.org/Bugsquad/TriageGuide/NonGnome#Bug_trackers_for_distributions\">Fehlerdatenbank Ihrer GNOME-Distribution</link>."

#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:25(p)
msgid "When reporting bugs exact information is welcome as it makes it easier for others to reproduce and fix the issue. If possible please include information such as the Evolution version (under <guiseq><gui>Help</gui><gui>Contents</gui></guiseq>), your distribution, and exact steps to reproduce the problem, click by click. See the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\">Bug Writing Guidelines</link> for more information."
msgstr "Für Fehlerberichte sind möglichst exakte und umfassende Informationen von großem Vorteil, um das Problem nachzuvollziehen und zu beheben. Geben Sie nach Möglichkeit Informationen wie die Version von Evolution (einsehbar unter  <guiseq><gui>Hilfe</gui><gui>Info</gui></guiseq>), Ihre Distribution und die genauen Schritte zum Reproduzieren des Problems an. Lese Sie auch <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\">Bug Writing Guidelines</link> für weitere Informationen."

#: C/problems-getting-help.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to get help for problems."
msgstr "So erhalten Sie Hilfe bei Problemen."

#: C/problems-getting-help.page:22(title)
msgid "How to get help"
msgstr "Hilfe erhalten"

#: C/problems-getting-help.page:24(p)
msgid "To receive help on problems you can send an email to the <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/evolution-list\">Evolution mailing list</link> or talk to developers and other users in the IRC chat channel #evolution on the server irc.gimp.net. To connect to an IRC server you can for example use the internet messenger application Empathy."
msgstr "Um Hilfe bei Problemen zu erhalten, senden Sie bitte eine E-Mail an die <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/evolution-list\">Mailing-Liste von Evolution</link> oder kontaktieren Sie die Entwickler und andere Benutzer im IRC-Chat im Kanal #evolution auf dem Server irc.gimp.net. Verwenden Sie z.B. Empathy, um sich mit einem IRC-Server zu verbinden."

#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to provide good information when tracking down a problem."
msgstr "So liefern Sie wertvolle Informationen beim Analysieren eines Problems."

#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:21(title)
msgid "How to track down a problem"
msgstr "Ein Problem genauer untersuchen"

#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:23(p)
msgid "As a first hint, error messages will be either displayed in the statusbar or between the tool bar and the search bar."
msgstr "Als ein erster Hinweis werden Fehlermeldungen entweder in der Statuszeile oder zwischen Werkzeugleiste und Suchleiste angezeigt."

#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:25(p)
msgid "To further track down a problem, some debug options are listed on the <link href=\"http://projects.gnome.org/evolution/bugs.shtml\">Evolution project website</link>."
msgstr "Es werden einige Möglichkeiten zur Fehlerdiagnose auf der <link href=\"http://projects.gnome.org/evolution/bugs.shtml\">Projektseite von Evolution</link> genannt, um ein Problem tiefgehender zu untersuchen."

#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:27(p)
msgid "To contact the Evolution community for help, please see <link xref=\"problems-getting-help\">How to get help</link>."
msgstr "Lesen Sie <link xref=\"problems-getting-help\">Hilfe erhalten</link>, um zu erfahren, wie Sie die Evolution-Gemeinschaft um Hilfe bitten können."

#: C/organizing.page:5(desc)
msgid "On organizing and finding your data in Evolution."
msgstr "Über das Organisieren und Auffinden Ihrer Daten in Evolution."

#: C/organizing.page:18(title)
msgid "Sorting and organizing"
msgstr "Sortieren und organisieren"

#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:5(desc)
msgid "On minimizing Evolution to the notification area."
msgstr "Über das Minimieren von Evolution in das Benachrichtigungsfeld."

#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:16(name)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-manage-list.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-add-to-list.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:16(name)
#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:20(name)
#: C/mail-not-sent.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-folders.page:16(name)
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:12(name)
#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-error-folder-mismatch.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-error-failed-to-append-to-sent-folder.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:11(name)
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:16(name)
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:13(name)
#: C/deleting-emails.page:12(name)
msgid "April Gonzales"
msgstr "April Gonzales"

#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:17(email)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-manage-list.page:16(email)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-add-to-list.page:16(email)
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:17(email)
#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:21(email)
#: C/mail-not-sent.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-folders.page:17(email)
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:13(email)
#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-error-folder-mismatch.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-error-failed-to-append-to-sent-folder.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:12(email)
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:17(email)
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:14(email)
#: C/deleting-emails.page:13(email)
msgid "loonycookie@gmail.com"
msgstr "loonycookie@gmail.com"

#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:25(title)
msgid "Minimizing Evolution to the system tray"
msgstr "Evolution in das Benachrichtigungsfeld minimieren"

#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:27(p)
msgid "GNOME, by default, has a <link xref=\"mail-received-notification\">notification area</link> which includes an applet that informs users of any system updates, changes, or events. This includes the arrival of email messages on Evolution. You can refer to this built-in feature of GNOME for any email notifications."
msgstr "GNOME hat von Haus aus ein <link xref=\"mail-received-notification\">Benachrichtigungsfeld</link>, das ein Applet enthält, welches Benutzer über Systemaktualisierungen, Änderungen und Ereignisse unterrichtet. Hierzu zählt auch der Eingang neuer Nachrichten in Evolution. Es werden sämtliche E-Mail-Benachrichtigungen über diese Funktion von GNOME ausgegeben."

# Mit Alltray kann man (theoretisch) alle Anwendungen ins Benachrichtigungsfeld minimieren. Die Wortwahl »Notification area« und »System tray« ist hier etwas unglücklich, weil eigentlich Beides das Gleiche ist (zumindest nach Freedesktop-Standard, von dem die GNOME-Shell deutlich abweicht).
#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:29(p)
msgid "In GNOME version 2 you may modify the notification area and set it up to become a system tray by using external software such as <link href=\"http://alltray.trausch.us/\"> Alltray</link> that might be available for installation in the software management tool of your distribution. This is not possible in GNOME 3 anymore."
msgstr "In GNOME 2 kann das Benachrichtigungsfeld so angepasst werden, dass es mit externer Software wie <link href=\"http://alltray.trausch.us/\">Alltray</link> zu einem Systembereich wird. Alltray ist eventuell über die Software-Verwaltung Ihrer Distribution installierbar. Dies ist in GNOME 3 nicht mehr möglich."

#: C/memos-usage.page:5(desc)
msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting memos."
msgstr "Über Hinzufügen, Bearbeiten und Löschen von Notizen."

#: C/memos-usage.page:20(title)
msgid "Add, Edit and Delete Memos"
msgstr "Notizen hinzufügen, bearbeiten und löschen"

#: C/memos-usage.page:22(p)
msgid "Currently there is no support for syncing memos with the Tomboy or Gnote applications."
msgstr "Derzeit wird der Abgleich von Notizen mit Tomboy und Gnote nicht unterstützt."

#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:5(desc)
msgid "Editing a memo in your memo list."
msgstr "Eine Notiz in Ihrer Notizliste bearbeiten."

#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:20(title)
msgid "Editing a Memo"
msgstr "Eine Notiz bearbeiten"

#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:22(p)
msgid "If you want to change a memo that already exists in your memo lists,"
msgstr "Wenn Sie bereits bestehende Notizen in der Notizliste ändern möchten,"

#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:25(p)
msgid "Double-click on the memo that you want to edit in the list of contacts, or right-click on the memo and click <key>Open Memo</key>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie in der Kontaktliste zweimal auf die zu bearbeitende Notiz oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Notiz und wählen Sie <key>Notiz öffnen</key>."

#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:26(p)
msgid "Edit the memo information."
msgstr "Die Notizinformationen bearbeiten."

#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:5(desc)
msgid "Deleting a memo from your memo list."
msgstr "Eine Notiz aus Ihrer Notizliste löschen."

#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:20(title)
msgid "Deleting a Memo"
msgstr "Eine Notiz löschen"

#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:22(p)
msgid "If you want to delete a memo in your memo lists, right-click on the memo and select <gui>Delete</gui>, or click on the memo and click <gui>Delete</gui> in the tool bar, or click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Delete Memo</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Notiz auf Ihrer Notizliste löschen wollen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Notiz und wählen Sie <gui>Löschen</gui> oder klicken Sie auf die Notiz und klicken Sie in der Werkzeugliste auf <gui>Löschen</gui> oder klicken Sie <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Notiz löschen</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:5(desc)
msgid "Adding a memo to your memo list."
msgstr "Eine Notiz zu Ihrer Notizliste hinzufügen."

#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:23(title)
msgid "Adding a Memo"
msgstr "Eine Notiz hinzufügen"

#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:26(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Memo</gui></guiseq>, or press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>O</key></keyseq>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Neu</gui><gui>Notiz</gui></guiseq> oder drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>O</key></keyseq>."

#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:27(p)
msgid "Select a memo list in the <gui>List</gui> dropdown list."
msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Notizliste in der Auswahlliste<gui>Liste</gui> ."

#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:28(p)
msgid "Enter the memo information."
msgstr "Geben Sie die Notizinformationen ein."

#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:32(p)
msgid "If you just want to quickly add a memo by entering a summary you can directly enter it in the list of memos."
msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Notiz zügig durch Eingabe einer Zusammenfassung hinzufügen möchten, so geben Sie diese direkt in der Notizliste ein."

#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:34(p)
msgid "You can also define a <link xref=\"using-categories\">category</link>, or a <link xref=\"calendar-classifications\">classification</link> for the memo, or add an attachment."
msgstr "Legen Sie auf Wunsch eine <link xref=\"using-categories\">Kategorie</link> oder eine <link xref=\"calendar-classifications\">Einstufung</link> für die Notiz fest. Oder Sie fügen einen Anhang hinzu."

#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:37(title)
msgid "Shared Memos"
msgstr "Gemeinsame Notizen"

#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:39(p)
msgid "Shared Memos are like mail messages except they are scheduled for a particular day and appear on the calendar for that date. You can use shared memos to show vacations, holidays, pay days, birthdays, and so on. Posted shared memos are placed in your Calendar on the date you specify. They are not placed in your Mailbox or in any other user's Mailbox."
msgstr "Gemeinsame Notizen sind im Prinzip Nachrichten, die für einen speziellen Tag geplant sind und im Kalender an diesem Datum erscheinen. Sie können gemeinsame Notizen zur Darstellung von Urlaub, Ferien, Zahltagen, Geburtstagen usw. verwenden. Beauftragte gemeinsame Notizen werden zum angegebenen Zeitpunkt in Ihren Kalender übertragen. Sie werden nicht in Ihrem oder einem Postfach eines anderen Benutzers erscheinen."

#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:41(p)
msgid "To send a Shared Memo,"
msgstr "Um eine gemeinsame Notiz zu verschicken,"

#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:43(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Shared Memo</gui></guiseq>, or press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Neu</gui><gui>Gemeinsame Notiz</gui></guiseq> oder drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>H</key></keyseq>."

#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:44(p)
msgid "Select the Organizer's account name from the drop-down list given next to the Organizer field."
msgstr "Wählen Sie den Kontonamen des Organisators aus der Auswahlliste neben dem Feld »Organisator«."

#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:45(p)
msgid "In the To field, type a username, then press Enter. Repeat this for additional users."
msgstr "Geben Sie im Feld »An:« einen Benutzernamen ein und drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Wiederholen Sie dies für weitere Benutzer."

#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:46(p)
msgid "Select the task list (under <gui>List</gui>) in which you would like to create the entry."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Aufgabenliste (unter <gui>Liste</gui>), in welcher der Eintrag angelegt werden soll."

#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:47(p)
msgid "Enter a brief summary in the Summary field."
msgstr "Geben Sie eine kurze Zusammenfassung in das »Zusammenfassung«-Feld ein."

#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:48(p)
msgid "In the Start Date field, type the date this shared memo should appear in the recipients' calendars."
msgstr "Geben Sie in das Feld »Startdatum« ein, an welchem Datum die gemeinsame Notiz im Kalender des Empfängers angezeigt werden soll."

#: C/memos-searching.page:5(desc)
msgid "Searching memos."
msgstr "Nach Notizen suchen."

#: C/memos-searching.page:28(title)
msgid "Searching Memos"
msgstr "Nach Notizen suchen"

#: C/memos-searching.page:31(p)
msgid "In the Memos view, you can quickly search for memos either by summary or by category."
msgstr "Durchsuchen Sie zügig die Notizen nach Zusammenfassung oder Kategorie in der Notizenansicht."

#: C/mail-wrong-fonts-in-3-0.page:5(desc)
msgid "A known problem that is fixed in newer versions."
msgstr "Ein bekanntes Problem, das in neueren Versionen beseitigt ist."

#: C/mail-wrong-fonts-in-3-0.page:21(title)
msgid "Message fonts are not the same fonts as in other applications"
msgstr "Nachrichtenschriften sind nicht dieselben Schriften wie in anderen Anwendungen"

#: C/mail-wrong-fonts-in-3-0.page:23(p)
msgid "In version 3.0 it can happen that <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>General</gui><gui>Message Fonts</gui><gui>Use the same fonts as other applications</gui></guiseq> is enabled but Evolution still uses different fonts than other parts of the system."
msgstr "In Version 3.0 kann es passieren, dass <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Einstellungen</gui><gui>E-Mail-Einstellungen</gui><gui>Allgemein</gui><gui>Nachrichtenschriftarten</gui><gui>Dieselben Schriften wie andere Anwendungen verwenden</gui></guiseq> aktiviert ist, aber Evolution dennoch andere Schriften als andere Teile der Arbeitsumgebung verwendet."

#: C/mail-wrong-fonts-in-3-0.page:25(p)
msgid "This bug is fixed from Evolution version 3.0.3 (stable series) and 3.1.4 (unstable development series) onwards. If this is not the case, please add a comment to the corresponding <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=655002\">bug report</link>. Note that from version 3.2 onwards this setting is located under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>General</gui><gui>Message Display</gui><gui>Use the same fonts as other applications</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Dieser Fehler ist ab Evolution Version 3.0.3 (stabil) und 3.1.4 (Entwicklerversion) behoben. Falls dem nicht so sein sollte, schreiben Sie bitte einen Kommentar in den zugehörigen <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=655002\">Fehlerbericht</link>. Beachten Sie, dass ab Version 3.2 diese Einstellung unter <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Einstellungen</gui><gui>E-Mail-Einstellungen</gui><gui>Allgemein</gui><gui>Nachrichtenanzeige</gui><gui>Dieselben Schriften wie andere Anwendungen verwenden</gui></guiseq> zu finden ist."

#: C/mail-working-offline.page:5(desc)
msgid "Work with your mail while not being connected to the network."
msgstr "Arbeiten Sie mit Ihren E-Mails auch ohne bestehende Netzwerkverbindung."

#: C/mail-working-offline.page:23(title)
msgid "Working Offline"
msgstr "Offline arbeiten"

#: C/mail-working-offline.page:25(p)
msgid "Offline mode helps you communicate with remote mail storage systems like GroupWise, IMAP or Exchange, in situations where you are not connected to the network at all times. Evolution keeps a local copy of one or more folders to allow you to compose messages, storing them in your Outbox to be sent the next time you connect."
msgstr "Der Offline-Modus hilft Ihnen, mit entfernten Mail-Systemen wie GroupWise, IMAP oder Exchange ohne durchgehende Verbindung zum Netzwerk zu arbeiten. Evolution hält eine lokale Kopie von einem oder mehreren Ordner vorrätig, damit Sie Nachrichten schreiben und im Ausgangsordner speichern können, so dass diese bei der nächsten Verbindung mit einem Netzwerk verschickt werden können."

#: C/mail-working-offline.page:27(p)
msgid "POP mail downloads all messages to your local system, but other connections usually download just the headers, and get the rest only when you want to read the message. Before you go offline, Evolution downloads the unread messages from the folders you have chosen to store."
msgstr "POP lädt alle Nachrichten auf Ihre lokale Festplatte herunter, andere Verbindungsarten jedoch laden oftmals nur die Kopfzeilen herunter, und alles weitere erst dann, wenn Sie die Nachricht wirklich lesen wollen. Bevor Sie offline gehen lädt Evolution die ungelesenen Nachrichten aus den Ordnern herunter, die Sie zur Speicherung ausgewählt haben."

#: C/mail-working-offline.page:30(title)
msgid "Marking folders for offline usage"
msgstr "Ordner für die Offline-Nutzung markieren"

#: C/mail-working-offline.page:31(p)
msgid "To mark a mail folder for offline use,"
msgstr "Um einen Ordner für die Offline-Nutzung zu markieren,"

#: C/mail-working-offline.page:33(p)
msgid "Right-click the folder, then click <gui>Properties</gui>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Ordner, und wählen Sie <gui>Eigenschaften</gui>."

#: C/mail-working-offline.page:34(p)
msgid "Click <gui>Copy folder content locally for offline operation</gui>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Ordnerinhalt lokal zum Arbeiten im Offline-Modus kopieren</gui>."

#: C/mail-working-offline.page:39(title)
msgid "Syncing messages for offline usage"
msgstr "Nachrichten für Offline-Benutzung herunterladen"

#: C/mail-working-offline.page:40(p)
msgid "Your connection status is shown by the small icon in the lower left corner of the Evolution main window. When you are online, it displays two connected cables. When you go offline via clicking the icon or via <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Work Offline</gui></guiseq>, the cables separate. You will be asked whether you want to go offline immediately or synchronize folders locally before you go offline."
msgstr "Der Verbindungsstatus wird als kleines Symbol in der linken unteren Ecke des Evolution-Hauptfensters gezeigt. Wenn Sie online sind, werden zwei verbundene Kabel angezeigt. Wenn Sie durch Anklicken des Symbols oder mittels <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Offline arbeiten</gui></guiseq> offline gehen, werden die beiden Kabel getrennt. Sie werden gefragt, ob Sie unverzüglich offline gehen wollen oder vorher lokale Ordber abgeglichen werden sollen."

#: C/mail-working-offline.page:41(p)
msgid "To download Messages for Offline Operations without immediately going offline, select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Download Messages for Offline Usage</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui> Nachrichten für Offline-Modus herunterladen</gui></guiseq>, um Nachrichten für das Arbeiten ohne Netzwerkverbindung herunter zu laden."

#: C/mail-working-offline.page:45(title)
msgid "Automatic Network State Handling"
msgstr "Automatische Erkennung des Verbindungsstatus"

#: C/mail-working-offline.page:46(p)
msgid "Evolution automatically understands the network state and acts accordingly. For instance, Evolution switches to offline mode when the network goes down and automatically switches on when the network is up again. Ensure that your system has Network Manager installed on to enable this feature."
msgstr "Evolution erkennt automatisch den Netzwerkstatus und verhält sich dementsprechend. Evolution geht automatisch in den Offline-Modus wenn die Netzwerkverbindung getrennt wird und geht in den Online-Modus, wenn das Netzwerk wieder verfügbar ist. Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Anwendung Network Manager installiert ist, damit diese Funktion funktioniert."

#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:5(desc)
msgid "Words are wrapped in outgoing mails at 72 characters."
msgstr "Worte werden in ausgehenden E-Mails ab 72 Zeichen umgebrochen."

#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:20(title)
msgid "Words are wrapped in outgoing mails at 72 characters"
msgstr "Worte werden in ausgehenden E-Mails ab 72 Zeichen umgebrochen"

#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:22(p)
msgid "For better readability lines are wrapped after 72 characters. This value is hardcoded and cannot be changed."
msgstr "Zur besseren Lesbarkeit werden Zeilen nach 72 Zeichen umgebrochen. Dieser Wert ist fest eingestellt und kann nicht geändert werden."

#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:23(p)
msgid "To avoid line breaks within a paragraph, mark the paragraph and choose <guiseq><gui>Format</gui><gui>Paragraph Style</gui><gui>Preformatted</gui></guiseq> in the mail composer."
msgstr "Markieren Sie den Absatz und wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Format</gui><gui>Absatzstil</gui><gui>Vorformatiert</gui></guiseq> im E-Mail-Editor, um Zeilenumbrüche in Absätzen zu vermeiden."

#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:5(desc)
msgid "Changing the mail view for widescreen displays."
msgstr "So ändern Sie die Darstellung von E-Mails auf Breitbildschirmen."

#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:22(title)
msgid "Vertical view"
msgstr "Vertikale Ansicht"

#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:24(p)
msgid "Evolution provides a vertical view in addition to the classical view. In the vertical view, the message preview pane is located at the right side of the message list when compared to the classical view where the message preview pane is placed below the message list. Vertical view enables you to use the extra width of wide screen monitors."
msgstr "Evolution bietet neben der klassischen Ansicht auch eine vertikale Ansicht. In der vertikalen Ansicht ist die Nachrichtenvorschau rechts von der E-Mail-Liste, während sich in der klassischen Ansicht die Nachrichtenvorschau unterhalb der E-Mail-Liste befindet. Die vertikale Ansicht bietet sich für Monitore mit breitem Bildschirm (zum Beispiel 16:9 oder Widescreen-Format) an."

#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:26(p)
msgid "To switch to vertical view, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Preview</gui><gui>Vertical View</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Um in die vertikale Ansicht zu wechseln, wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Vorschau</gui><gui>Vertikale Ansicht</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:28(p)
msgid "In vertical view, the message list contains double lines of compressed headers, which enables you to consume the extra width in the preview column. The compressed columns have Sender Name and Email, Attachment Icon, Date and Subject in the second line."
msgstr "In der vertikalen Ansicht wird eine E-Mail in der E-Mail-Liste mit zwei Zeilen dargestellt, was Ihnen zusätzliche Breite in der Nachrichtenvorschau bereitstellt. Die zwei Zeilen stellen Absendernamen und -E-Mail, Anhangssymbol, Datum und Betreff dar."

#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:30(p)
msgid "To switch back to classical view, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Preview</gui><gui>Classical View</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Vorschau</gui><gui>Klassische Ansicht</gui></guiseq>, um zurück auf die klassische Ansicht umzuschalten."

#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:5(desc)
msgid "Subscribing to Usenet newsgroups."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:25(title)
msgid "Newsgroups Subscriptions"
msgstr "Newsgroup-Abonnements"

#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:27(p)
msgid "When you create a newsgroup account, you are not subscribed to any groups. To subscribe to a newsgroup:"
msgstr "Wenn Sie ein USENET-News-Konto erstellen, haben Sie noch keine Newsgroups abonniert. Um Newsgroups zu abonnieren:"

#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:29(p)
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Subscriptions</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Ordner</gui><gui>Abonnement</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:30(p)
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:31(p)
msgid "If you have accounts on multiple servers, select the server where you want to manage your subscriptions."
msgstr "Falls Sie Konten auf mehreren Servern besitzen, wählen Sie den Server aus, für den Sie Ihre Abonnements verwalten möchten."

#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:31(p)
msgid "Click a group's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die zu abonnierenden Ordner aus, indem Sie das Ankreuzfeld der Gruppe anwählen."

#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:5(desc)
msgid "An explanation for the problem that two trash folders are present in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:20(title)
msgid "Two Trash folders shown for the same account"
msgstr "Für ein Konto werden zwei Müllordner angezeigt"

#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:22(p)
msgid "You may have created another Trash folder to hold all your deleted email messages. This can happen when you use another email client together with Evolution."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:24(p)
msgid "Evolution's <gui>Trash</gui> folder is a <link xref=\"mail-search-folders\">Search folder</link>. It does not really exist but simply displays all the messages that are marked for deletion in any folders of that account."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:26(p)
msgid "You can easily tell the two Trash folders apart by looking at their icons. The Evolution <gui>Trash</gui> folder has a special icon whereas the other physical Trash folder looks like any other folder."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:29(p)
msgid "Note that the <gui>Junk</gui> folder is also a search folder and may also appear twice."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to set up handling unwanted junk/spam mail."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:28(title)
msgid "Junk Mail Settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen zu unerwünschten Nachrichten"

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:30(p)
msgid "Evolution lets you check for unwanted junk or spam emails by using the Bogofilter or SpamAssassin tools. To use these tools, you need to make sure that they are installed via the software management tool of your distribution and you need enable their respective plugins."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:31(link)
msgid "Install bogofilter now."
msgstr "Bogofilter jetzt installieren."

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:32(link)
msgid "Install spamassassin now."
msgstr "Spamassassin jetzt installieren."

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:34(p)
msgid "To enable the plugins:"
msgstr "So aktivieren Sie die Plugins:"

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:36(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Plugins</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Plugins</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:37(p)
msgid "Select the plugins you wish to enable. You can select either Bogofilter or SpamAssassin, or both."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die gewünschten Plugins zur Aktivierung. Sie haben die Wahl zwischen Bogofilter oder SpamAssassin, oder beiden."

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:38(p)
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:29(p)
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:28(p)
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:29(p)
msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Schließen</gui>."

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:41(p)
msgid "The junk mail options discussed in this page refer only to POP and Local Delivery. For handling junk mails on IMAP, see the Evolution settings under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving Options</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:44(title)
msgid "Junk Mail Preferences"
msgstr "Unerwünscht-Einstellungen"

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:45(p)
msgid "You can modify how Evolution handles junk mail by changing the Junk Mail Preferences:"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:47(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Einstellungen</gui></guiseq> oder drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>S</key></keyseq>."

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:48(p)
msgid "Select <gui>Mail Preferences</gui>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie <gui>E-Mail-Einstellungen</gui>."

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:49(p)
msgid "Click on the <gui>Junk</gui> tab. Here, you can specify the following:"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:51(p)
msgid "Checking incoming mail for junk messages."
msgstr "Eingehende E-Mail auf Unerwünschtheit prüfen."

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:52(p)
msgid "Deleting junk messages upon exit, and how often junk messages are to be deleted."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:53(p)
msgid "Checking custom headers for junk."
msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Kopfzeilen auf Unerwünschtheit prüfen."

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:54(p)
msgid "Marking messages as not junk if the sender is in the address book."
msgstr "Nachrichten nicht als Unerwünscht markieren, wenn der Absender im Adressbuch ist."

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:55(p)
msgid "The default junk filter."
msgstr "Der vorgegebene Unerwünscht-Filter."

#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:56(p)
msgid "Bogofilter and SpamAssassin options. These options are available only if the plugins are enabled."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-spam.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to automatically handle unwanted mail."
msgstr "So lassen Sie automatisch unerwünschte E-Mails verarbeiten."

#: C/mail-spam.page:20(title)
msgid "Junk and Spam Mail Handling"
msgstr "Handhaben unerwünschter Nachrichten"

#: C/mail-spam.page:23(title)
msgid "Novell Groupwise specific differences"
msgstr "Spezielle Unterschiede für Novell GroupWise"

#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to mark unwanted junk and spam mail."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:15(name)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:15(name)
#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:15(name)
msgid "Barbara Tobias"
msgstr "Barbara Tobias"

#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:16(email)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:16(email)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:18(email)
#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:16(email)
msgid "barbtobias09@gmail.com"
msgstr "barbtobias09@gmail.com"

#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:27(title)
msgid "Marking Junk Mail"
msgstr "Eine Nachricht als Unerwünscht markieren"

#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:28(p)
msgid "Evolution can check for junk mail for you. Evolution uses SpamAssassin and/or Bogofilter with trainable Bayesian filters to perform the spam check. When the software detects mail that appears to be junk mail, it will flag it and hide it from your view. Messages that are flagged as junk mail are displayed only in the Junk folder."
msgstr "Evolution kann nach unerwünschten Nachrichten suchen. Evolution nutzt SpamAssassin* und/oder Bogofilter* mit trainierbaren Bayes-Filtern, um zu suchen. Wenn das Programm entdeckt, dass eine Nachricht wahrscheinlich unerwünscht ist, so wird die Nachricht als unerwünscht markiert und Ihnen nicht im jeweiligen normalen E-Mail-Ordner, sondern einzig im Unerwünscht-Ordner angezeigt."

#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:29(p)
msgid "The junk mail filter can learn which kinds of mail are legitimate and which are not if you train it by marking as junk incoming mail that you determine is spam. When you first start using junk mail blocking, check the Junk folder frequently to be sure that legitimate mail doesn't get flagged as junk mail."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:30(p)
msgid "If legitimate mail is incorrectly flagged, remove it from the Junk folder by right-clicking it and selecting <gui>Mark as Not Junk</gui> or pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>J</key></keyseq>. If Evolution misses junk mail, right-click the message, then click <gui>Mark as Junk</gui> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>J</key></keyseq>. When you correct it, the filter can recognize similar messages in the future, and becomes more accurate as time goes on."
msgstr "Wenn erwünschte E-Mails versehentlich falsch markiert werden, entfernen Sie diese aus dem »Unerwünscht«-Ordner, in dem Sie die E-Mail auswählen und auf den »Erwünscht«-Knopf in der Werkzeugleiste klicken, oder <keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>J</key></keyseq> drücken. Falls unerwünschte E-Mails nicht erkannt werden, so klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf diese und wählen Sie <gui>Nachricht als unerwünscht markieren</gui>, oder drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>J</key></keyseq>. Mit jeder Korrektur kann der Filter ähnliche Nachrichten in Zukunft besser erkennen und mit der Zeit immer zuverlässiger arbeiten."

#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:31(p)
msgid "You can also flag mail as junk by selecting it and clicking the Junk icon in the menu bar; you can flag mail in the junk folder as \"Not Junk\" by selecting it and clicking the <gui>Not Junk</gui> icon."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:32(p)
msgid "Each time you flag a message as Junk, the sender is added to your Spam List; each time you flag a message as Not Junk, the sender is removed from your Spam List."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-unmark-message.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to mark a message in Novell Groupwise as not junk."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-unmark-message.page:23(title)
msgid "Marking a Message As Not Junk Mail"
msgstr "Eine Nachricht als Erwünscht markieren"

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-unmark-message.page:26(p)
msgid "Select the message to mark as not junk in your Junk Mail folder."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die als Erwünscht zu markierende E-Mail in Ihrem Unerwünscht-Ordner."

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-unmark-message.page:27(p)
msgid "Right-click the message, then click <gui>Mark as Not Junk</gui>, or select the message and press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>J</key></keyseq>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Nachricht, klicken Sie dann <gui>Als nicht unerwünscht markieren</gui> oder wählen Sie die Nachricht und drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>J</key></keyseq>."

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-unmark-message.page:30(p)
msgid "The message is moved to your Mailbox folder and the name is removed from your junk list."
msgstr "Die Nachricht wird nun in Ihren E-Mail-Ordner verschoben und der Absender wird von Ihrer Unerwünscht-Liste entfernt."

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-remove-from-list.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to remove an email address from your junk mail list in Novell Groupwise."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-remove-from-list.page:23(title)
msgid "Removing an Email Address from Your Junk List"
msgstr "Eine E-Mail von Ihrer Unerwünscht-Liste entfernen"

# GUI-Element nicht gefunden -gk
# Ist in der aktuellen de.po nur noch in den ungenutzten Strings am Ende -mb
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-remove-from-list.page:26(p)
msgid "Right-click a message, then click <gui>Junk Mail Settings</gui>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Nachricht und wählen Sie <gui>Einstellungen zu unerwünschten Nachrichten</gui>."

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-remove-from-list.page:27(p)
msgid "Select the email address to remove, then click <gui>Remove</gui>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die zu entfernende E-Mail-Adresse aus und klicken Sie auf <gui>Entfernen</gui>."

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-mark-message.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to mark a message in Novell Groupwise as junk."
msgstr "Eine Nachricht in Novell Groupwise als Unerwünscht markieren."

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-mark-message.page:23(title)
msgid "Marking a Message As Junk Mail"
msgstr "Eine Nachricht als Unerwünscht markieren"

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-mark-message.page:25(p)
msgid "Select the message to mark as junk, then click the <gui>Junk</gui> button or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>J</key></keyseq>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die als Unerwünscht zu markierende E-Mail und klicken Sie dann auf den <gui>Unerwünscht-Knopf</gui> in der Werkzeugleiste oder drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>J</key></keyseq>."

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-mark-message.page:26(p)
msgid "The message is moved to your Junk Mail folder and the user is added to your junk list."
msgstr "Die Nachricht wird nun in den Unerwünscht-Ordner verschoben und der Absender wird zu Ihrer Unerwünscht-Liste hinzugefügt."

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-manage-list.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to manage your junk mail list in Novell Groupwise."
msgstr "Verwaltung Ihrer Unerwünscht-Listen in Novell Groupwise."

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-manage-list.page:27(title)
msgid "Enabling or Disabling Your Junk Mail List"
msgstr "Die Liste unerwünschter E-Mails ein- oder ausschalten"

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-manage-list.page:29(p)
#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-add-to-list.page:29(p)
msgid "Right-click on a message and select the <gui>Junk Mail Settings</gui> option."
msgstr "Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Nachricht und wählen Sie die Option <gui>Einstellungen für unerwünschte Nachrichten</gui>."

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-manage-list.page:30(p)
msgid "Specify whether you wish to Enable or Disable junk mail handling."
msgstr "Wählen Sie dies, um die Verarbeitung von unerwünschten Nachrichten zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren."

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-manage-list.page:31(p)
msgid "Click on the <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui> button."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui>."

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-add-to-list.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to add an email address to your junk mail list in Novell Groupwise."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-add-to-list.page:27(title)
msgid "Adding an Email Address to Your Junk List"
msgstr "Eine E-Mail-Adresse zu Ihrer Unerwünscht-Liste hinzufügen"

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-add-to-list.page:30(p)
msgid "Type in the email address you wish to block in the <gui>Email</gui> field."
msgstr "Geben Sie die zu blockierende E-Mail-Adresse in das Feld <gui>E-Mail</gui>« ein."

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-add-to-list.page:31(p)
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> and then click on the <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui> button."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-spam-groupwise-add-to-list.page:34(p)
msgid "Remember, when you mark an item as junk in GroupWise, that item is added to your junk list in the GroupWise system. The settings in the GroupWise system are applied from computer to computer."
msgstr "Bedenken Sie: Wenn Sie ein Objekt in GroupWise als unerwünscht markieren, dann wird das Objekt zu der Liste unerwünschter E-Mails im GroupWise-System hinzugefügt. Weil diese Einstellungen auf dem GroupWise-System verbleiben, ändert sich die Liste nicht mit einem Rechnerwechsel."

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:5(desc)
msgid "Sorting the message list of a mail folder."
msgstr "Die E-Mail-Liste eines Nachrichtenordners sortieren."

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:28(title)
msgid "Sorting the message list"
msgstr "Die E-Mail-Liste sortieren"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:30(p)
msgid "Evolution lets you organize your emails by letting you sort messages."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:31(p)
msgid "To view the complete headers for a message, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>All Message Headers</gui></guiseq>. This will display the complete header data on the viewing pane."
msgstr "Um alle Kopfzeilen einer Nachricht zu sehen, klicken Sie in der Menüleiste auf <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Alle Nachrichtenköpfe</gui></guiseq>. So werden alle Nachrichtenkopfdaten in der Ansicht dargestellt."

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:32(p)
msgid "To view the message data, click on <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Message Source</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>U</key></keyseq>. This will display the message data in a pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:35(title)
msgid "Sorting Mail in Email Threads"
msgstr "E-Mails in E-Mail-Threads sortieren"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:36(p)
msgid "You can use a threaded message view to sort emails. To enable this feature, click on <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Group By Threads</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:37(p)
msgid "This feature, when enabled, groups replies with the original email and allows you to follow the flow of the conversation from one message to the next."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:38(p)
msgid "When a new message arrives, it will be added below the parent message. Threads are sorted and displayed based on the date of the most recent message received."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:39(p)
msgid "For Advanced Users: There is a GConf key that allows you to toggle between the collapsed and expanded state of the email threads. The collapsed state is enabled by default and may be modified at /apps/evolution/mail/display/thread_expand."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:44(title)
msgid "Sorting Mail with Column Headers"
msgstr "E-Mails sortieren mit Spaltenköpfen"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:45(p)
msgid "The message list displays columns that indicate whether a message has been read, whether it has attachments, how important the message is, the sender, date, and the subject. To change the columns used in the message list, you can do one of the following:"
msgstr "Die E-Mail-Liste besitzt Spalten, die den Absender, das Datum und den Betreff anzeigen, sowie ob eine Nachricht gelesen wurde, ob sie Anhänge besitzt, oder wie wichtig sie ist. So können Sie die Reihenfolge der Spalten in der Nachrichtenliste ändern:"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:47(p)
msgid "Drag and drop the column header bars"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:48(p)
msgid "Right-click on the header."
msgstr "Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Kopfzeile."

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:49(p)
msgid "Select the <gui>Remove This Column</gui> or <gui>Add a Column</gui> option."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:52(p)
msgid "Evolution allows you to sort your messages using these columns. Just click on the column label to sort the emails. The direction of the arrow next to the label indicates the direction of the sort."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:56(title)
msgid "Using Other Sorting Options"
msgstr "Weitere Sortieroptionen anwenden"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:57(p)
msgid "Evolution provides other ways for sorting email messages. You can use Sort By, Sort Ascending, Sort Descending, or Unsort."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:59(title)
msgid "Sort By"
msgstr "Sortieren nach"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:60(p)
msgid "You can also sort email messages using the <gui>Sort By</gui> list."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:62(p)
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:92(p)
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:101(p)
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:110(p)
msgid "Right-click on the message list column headers."
msgstr "Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Spaltenbezeichnung in der E-Mail-Liste."

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:63(p)
msgid "Select the <gui>Sort By</gui> option."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Optionen <gui>Sortieren nach</gui>."

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:63(p)
msgid "This brings up this list of criteria for sorting email messages:"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:65(p)
msgid "Subject - Trimmed"
msgstr "Betreff - Gekürzt"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:66(p)
msgid "Labels"
msgstr "Beschriftungen"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:67(p)
msgid "Recipients"
msgstr "Empfänger"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:68(p)
msgid "Sender"
msgstr "Absender"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:69(p)
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Ort"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:70(p)
msgid "Due By"
msgstr "Fällig am"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:71(link)
msgid "Follow Up Flag"
msgstr "Folgenachricht-Markierung"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:72(p)
msgid "Flag Status"
msgstr "Markierungsstatus"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:73(p)
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Größe"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:74(p)
msgid "To"
msgstr "An"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:75(p)
msgid "Received"
msgstr "Erhalten"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:76(p)
msgid "Date"
msgstr "Datum"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:77(p)
msgid "Subject"
msgstr "Betreff"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:78(p)
msgid "From"
msgstr "Von"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:79(p)
msgid "Attachment"
msgstr "Anlage"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:80(p)
msgid "Flagged"
msgstr "Markiert"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:81(p)
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:82(p)
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:85(p)
msgid "Select the option you wish to use in sorting email messages."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Sortierreihenfolge zum Sortieren der E-Mail-Nachrichten."

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:90(title)
msgid "Sort Ascending"
msgstr "Aufsteigend sortieren"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:93(p)
msgid "Select the <gui>Sort Ascending</gui> option."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Option <gui>Aufsteigend sortieren</gui>."

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:95(p)
msgid "The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the bottom."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:99(title)
msgid "Sort Descending"
msgstr "Absteigend sortieren"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:102(p)
msgid "Select the <gui>Sort Descending</gui> option."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Option <gui>Absteigend sortieren</gui>."

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:104(p)
msgid "The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the top."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:108(title)
msgid "Unsort"
msgstr "Nicht sortieren"

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:111(p)
msgid "Select the <gui>Unsort</gui> option."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Optionen <gui>Nicht sortieren</gui>."

#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:113(p)
msgid "This removes sorting from the column, reverting to the order of messages as they were added to the folder."
msgstr "So wird nicht in der Spalte sortiert. Die Nachrichten werden wieder in der Reihenfolge dargestellt, wie sie zu dem Ordner hinzugefügt wurden."

#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to split and sort mail when using more than one local account."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:22(title)
msgid "Separating POP mail for more than one account"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:24(p)
msgid "It is not possible to have separate accounts in the accounts and folder list pane. Evolution only has one unique inbox for incoming email."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:25(p)
msgid "You can either use IMAP instead of POP, or move incoming emails into different folders by <link xref=\"mail-folders\">creating folders</link> and <link xref=\"mail-filters\">creating filters</link>: Create a new folder and create two subfolders (for incoming and for sent mail of that account). Now set up an incoming filter via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Message Filters...</gui><gui style=\"button\">Add</gui></guiseq> to move incoming mail to the incoming folder by filtering on the recipient's address and set up an outgoing filter to move outgoing mail to the sent folder by filtering on the sender's address."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:5(desc)
msgid "Sending options for SMTP."
msgstr "Versandoptionen für SMTP."

#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:27(title)
msgid "SMTP sending options"
msgstr "SMTP-Versandoptionen"

#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:30(p)
msgid "Enter the address of your mail server for sending mail in the <gui>Server</gui> field and select if the server requires authentication (entering a username and a password)."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:33(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:37(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:39(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:33(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:33(p)
msgid "Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information."
msgstr "Kostenlose Webmail-Provider veröffentlichen normalerweise Informationen darüber, welche Optionen Sie zum Verbinden nutzen können. Falls Sie in einer Firma oder einer Organisation arbeiten, so fragen Sie bitte Ihren System-Administrator für weitere Informationen."

#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:33(p)
msgid "If the server requires authentication, you need to provide the following information:"
msgstr "Falls der Server Legitimation erfordert, müssen folgende Informationen eingegeben werden:"

#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:35(p)
msgid "Select the authentication type in the Authentication list, or click <gui>Check for Supported Types</gui> to have Evolution check. Some servers do not support this, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Legitimationsart in der Legitimationsliste, oder klicken Sie auf <gui>Prüfen, welche Typen unterstützt werden</gui>, damit Evolution diese testet. Einige Server unterstützen diese Prüfung nicht, daher kann Evolution nicht garantieren, dass der Test funktioniert."

#. TODO:XINCLUDE: Maybe later replace this "go back" workaround by doing some content sharing with xinclude and xpointer in intro-first-run.page itself? <include href="foo.xml" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"/> See gnome-user-docs module for example usage.
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:43(p)
msgid "If you came to this page from the first-run wizard help page, click <link xref=\"intro-first-run#account-information\">here</link> to continue with the next step."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:5(desc)
msgid "On receiving mail and sending written emails."
msgstr "Über das Empfangen und Verschicken von E-Mails."

#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:20(title)
msgid "Sending and receiving mail"
msgstr "Verschicken und Abrufen von Nachrichten"

#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:22(p)
msgid "This section refers to receiving mail and sending written emails. For writing a new message, please refer to the <link xref=\"index#mail-composing\">Composing mail</link> section."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:5(desc)
msgid "Force sending and receiving emails."
msgstr "Verschicken und Abrufen von E-Mails erzwingen."

#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:20(title)
msgid "Manually send and receive message"
msgstr "Nachrichten manuell senden und abrufen"

#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:21(p)
msgid "To receive new messages from the mail server and to send messages you have written that are in the local Outbox, click the <gui style=\"button\">Send / Receive</gui> button in the toolbar, or press <key>F9</key>, or choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Send / Receive </gui></guiseq> from the main menu."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:22(p)
msgid "To send and receive only for one of your mail accounts, or to only send or only receive, click the small down-arrow next to the <gui style=\"button\">Send / Receive</gui> button and choose the corresponding option."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:23(p)
msgid "If you just want to send messages which are in your Outbox, you can right-click on the Outbox and click <gui>Flush Outbox</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:5(desc)
msgid "Check automatically and regularly for new received mail."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:20(title)
msgid "Automatically check for new mail"
msgstr "Automatisch nach neuen E-Mails sehen"

#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:21(p)
msgid "If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, enable the option <gui>Check for new messages every ... minutes</gui> in the <gui>Receiving Email</gui> page of the mail account settings (accessible via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving Email</gui></guiseq>) and select the frequency in minutes."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-searching.page:5(desc)
msgid "Searching messages."
msgstr "Suchen nach Nachrichten."

#: C/mail-searching.page:28(title)
msgid "Searching Mail"
msgstr "Nach Nachrichten suchen"

#: C/mail-searching.page:31(p)
msgid "In the mail view, you can quickly search for messages by defining conditions."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-searching.page:33(p)
msgid "Click on the search icon <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/search-icon.png\"/> to expand the drop-down list."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf das Such-Symbol <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/search-icon.png\"/>, um die Auswahlliste auszuklappen."

#: C/mail-searching.page:35(p)
msgid "Select the scope from the drop-down list right to the text box."
msgstr "Wählen Sie den Bereich aus der Auswahlliste rechts neben dem Textfeld aus."

#: C/mail-searching.page:39(p)
msgid "If you start directly from the fourth step, text will be searched in mail's subjects and addresses and scope will be \"Current folder\"."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-searching.page:40(p)
msgid "If you search for messages that are not in the same folder rather often you might want to create a search folder instead; see <link xref=\"mail-search-folders\">Using Search Folders</link> for more detail."
msgstr "Wenn Sie häufig nach Nachrichten in einem anderen Ordner suchen, so empiehlt es sich, dass Sie anstelle dessen einen Suchordner erstellen. Lesen Sie bitte <link xref=\"mail-search-folders\">Suchordner verwenden</link> für weitere Informationen."

#: C/mail-searching.page:45(title)
msgid "Advanced Search:"
msgstr "Erweiterte Suche:"

#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:5(desc)
msgid "Unfortunately this is not possible."
msgstr "Leider ist dies nicht möglich."

#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:21(title)
msgid "Searching for emails with a specific attachment type"
msgstr "Nach Nachrichten mit einem speziellen Anhangstyp suchen"

#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:23(p)
msgid "There currently is no way to do search for emails with a specific type of attachment (for example searching for all emails that have a PDF attachment)."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:5(desc)
msgid "Ways of updating Search folders."
msgstr "Möglichkeiten zur Aktualisierung von Suchordnern"

#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:24(title)
msgid "Updating/refreshing Search folders"
msgstr "Suchordner aktualisieren/auffrischen"

#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:26(p)
msgid "It might happen that one of your Search folders has not updated since some new email arrived or since an email was deleted, for example. This will mean that the list of emails in the folder is not up-to-date."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:28(p)
msgid "You can get an updated view of the search folder either by switching to another folder and then back again, or by right-clicking on the search folder and choosing <gui>Refresh</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-search-folders.page:5(desc)
msgid "Use search folders to see messages in one folder while still keeping them in their original folders."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-search-folders.page:22(title)
msgid "Using Search folders"
msgstr "Suchordner benutzen"

#: C/mail-search-folders.page:24(p)
msgid "If <link xref=\"mail-filters\">filters</link> are not flexible enough, or you find yourself performing the same <link xref=\"mail-searching\">search</link> again and again, consider a search folder."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-search-folders.page:26(p)
msgid "A search folder looks like a <link xref=\"mail-folders\">folder</link>, it acts like a <link xref=\"mail-searching\">search</link>, and you set it up like a <link xref=\"mail-filters\">filter</link>. While a conventional folder actually contains messages, a search folder is a view of messages that might be in several different folders. The messages it contains are determined on the fly using a set of criteria that you have chosen when setting up the search folder."
msgstr "Ein Suchordner sieht wie ein normaler <link xref=\"mail-folders\">Ordner</link> aus, verhält sich wie eine <link xref=\"mail-searching\">Suche</link> und wird wie ein <link xref=\"mail-filters\">Filter</link> erstellt. In anderen Worten: Ein normaler Ordner enthält physische E-Mail-Nachrichten, ein Suchordner hingegen ist eine Übersicht über Nachrichten, die sich physikalisch in verschiedenen Ordnern befinden. Die Nachrichten in einem Suchordner werden anhand einer Zahl Kriterien ermittelt, die Sie zuvor bei der Erstellung des Suchordners festgelegt haben."

#: C/mail-search-folders.page:28(p)
msgid "Evolution automatically updates the search folder contents when new messages are received or message are deleted."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-search-folders.page:30(p)
msgid "The <gui>Unmatched</gui> search folder is the opposite of other search folders: it displays all messages that do not appear in other search folders."
msgstr "Der Suchordner <gui>Nicht einsortiert</gui> ist das Gegenteil zu den anderen Suchordnern: Er zeigt all jene Nachrichten an, die in keinem anderen Suchordner angezeigt werden."

#: C/mail-search-folders.page:32(p)
msgid "If you use remote email storage like IMAP, and have created search folders to search through them, the <gui>Unmatched</gui> search folder also searches the remote folders. If you do not create any search folders that search remote mail stores, the <gui>Unmatched</gui> search folder does not search in them either."
msgstr "Falls Sie einen entfernten E-Mail-Speicher wie IMAP verwenden und Suchordner für diese erstellt haben, so durchsucht der Suchordner <gui>Nicht einsortiert</gui> auch diese E-Mails. Falls Sie keine Suchordner erstellt haben, die entfernte (nicht-lokale) E-Mails durchsuchen sollen, so sind diese auch nicht im Suchordner <gui>Nicht einsortiert</gui> enthalten."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:5(desc)
msgid "Available conditions for setting up search folders."
msgstr "Verfügbare Bedingungen für die Einrichtung von Suchordnern."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:23(title)
msgid "Available Search folder conditions"
msgstr "Verfügbare Bedingungen für Suchordner"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:26(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:26(p)
msgid "Sender:"
msgstr "Absender:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:27(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:27(p)
msgid "The sender's email address or the name of the sender."
msgstr "Die E-Mail-Adresse oder der Name des Absenders."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:29(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:29(p)
msgid "Recipients:"
msgstr "Empfänger:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:30(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:30(p)
msgid "The recipients of the message."
msgstr "Die Empfänger der Nachricht."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:32(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:32(p)
msgid "CC:"
msgstr "CC:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:33(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:33(p)
msgid "Only the CC recipients of the message."
msgstr "Die Empfänger einer Kopie der Nachricht."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:35(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:35(p)
msgid "BCC:"
msgstr "Kopie an:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:36(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:36(p)
msgid "Only the BCC recipients of the message. Obviously this can only be applied to outgoing filters."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:38(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:38(p)
msgid "Sender or Recipients:"
msgstr "Absender oder Empfänger:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:39(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:39(p)
msgid "The sender's email address or the name of the sender or the recipients of the message."
msgstr "Die E-Mail-Adresse oder der Name des Absenders, oder der Empfänger der Nachricht."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:41(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:41(p)
msgid "Subject:"
msgstr "Betreff:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:42(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:42(p)
msgid "The subject line of the message."
msgstr "Die Betreffzeile der Nachricht."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:44(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:44(p)
msgid "Specific Header:"
msgstr "Bestimmte Kopfzeile:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:45(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:45(p)
msgid "Any header including <link xref=\"mail-composer-custom-header-lines\">custom ones</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:46(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:46(p)
msgid "If a message uses a header more than once, Evolution pays attention only to the first instance, even if the message defines the header differently the second time. For example, if a message declares the Resent-From: header as \"engineering@example.com\" and then restates it as \"marketing@example.com\", Evolution filters as though the second declaration did not occur. To filter on messages that use headers multiple times, use a regular expression."
msgstr "Falls eine Nachricht die gleiche Kopfzeile mehr als einmal benutzt, so nutzt Evolution nur das erste Auftreten dieser Kopfzeile, selbst wenn die Nachricht im zweiten Header einen anderen Wert besitzt. Wenn zum Beispiel eine Nachricht die Kopfzeile »Resent-From:« als »engineering@example.com« und dann nochmals als »marketing@example.com« definiert, so filtert Evolution, als ob der zweite Wert nicht existiert. Verwenden Sie reguläre Ausdrücke, um Nachrichten zu filtern, welche die gleichen Kopfzeilen mehr als einmal definieren."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:48(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:48(p)
msgid "Message Body:"
msgstr "Nachrichtenrumpf:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:49(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:49(p)
msgid "Searches in the actual text of the message."
msgstr "Sucht im Nachrichtentext der Nachricht."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:51(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:51(p)
msgid "Expression:"
msgstr "Ausdruck:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:52(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:52(p)
msgid "(For programmers only) Match a message according to an expression you write in the Scheme language used to define <link xref=\"mail-filters\">filters</link> in Evolution."
msgstr "(Nur für Programmierer) Eine Nachricht mit einem in der Programmiersprache Scheme geschriebenen Ausdruck (Evolution definiert seine <link xref=\"mail-filters\">Filter</link> in Scheme) vergleichen."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:54(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:54(p)
msgid "Date sent:"
msgstr "Verschickt-Datum:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:55(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:55(p)
msgid "Filters messages according to the date on which they were sent. First, choose the conditions you want a message to meet, such as before a given time or after a given time. Then choose the time. The filter compares the message's time stamp to the system clock when the filter is run, or to a specific time and date you choose from a calendar. You can also have it look for a message within a range of time relative to the filter, such as two to four days ago."
msgstr "Filtert Nachrichten gemäß dem Datum, an dem sie verschickt wurden. Wählen Sie zunächst die Bedingungen, die auf eine Nachricht zutreffen sollen, wie zum Beispiel vor einem bestimmten Zeitpunkt oder nach einem bestimmten Zeitpunkt. Wählen Sie dann den Zeitpunkt aus. Der Filter vergleicht den Zeitstempel der Nachricht mit der Systemzeit wenn der Filter angewendet wird, oder mit einem von Ihnen vorgegebenen Zeitpunkt. Es kann auch nach einem relativen Zeitpunkt gefiltert werden, also zum Beispiel zwei oder vier Tage zuvor."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:57(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:57(p)
msgid "Date received:"
msgstr "Empfangsdatum:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:58(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:58(p)
msgid "This works the same way as the Date Sent option, except that it compares the time you received the message with the dates you specify."
msgstr "Dies funktioniert genau so wie das Filtern gemäß dem Verschickt-Datum, nur dass hierbei der Zeitpunkt verglichen wird, an dem Sie die Nachricht erhalten haben."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:60(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:60(p)
msgid "Label:"
msgstr "Beschriftung:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:61(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:61(p)
msgid "Messages can have <link xref=\"mail-labels\">labels</link> of Important, Work, Personal, To Do, or Later. You can set labels with other filters or manually."
msgstr "Nachrichten können <link xref=\"mail-labels\">Beschriftungen</link> wie Wichtig, Geschäftlich, Persönlich, Zu erledigen oder Später haben. Sie können Beschriftungen durch Filter oder per Hand anwenden."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:63(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:63(p)
msgid "Score:"
msgstr "Bewertung:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:64(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:64(p)
msgid "Sets the message score to any whole number greater than 0. You can have one filter set or change a message score, and then set up another filter to move the messages you have scored. A message score is not based on anything in particular: it is simply a number you can assign to messages so other filters can process them."
msgstr "Setzt die Bewertung der Nachricht auf einen ganzzahligen Wert der größer als 0 ist. Sie können einen Filter haben, der die Bewertung setzt, und einen weiteren Filter, der auf der Bewertung basierend die Nachrichten in Ordner verschiebt. Eine Bewertung basiert auf keinen speziellen Eigenschaften, es handelt sich nur um eine Nummer, die Sie Nachrichten zuweisen können, damit andere Filter diese weiterverarbeiten können."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:66(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:66(p)
msgid "Size (kB):"
msgstr "Größe (kB):"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:67(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:67(p)
msgid "Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes."
msgstr "Sortiert gemäß der Größe der Nachricht in Kilobyte."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:69(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:69(p)
msgid "Status:"
msgstr "Status:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:70(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:70(p)
msgid "Filters according to the status of a message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, Important, Read, or Junk."
msgstr "Filtert gemäß dem Status einer Nachricht, der Beantwortet, Entwurf, Wichtig, Gelesen, oder Unerwünscht sein kann."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:72(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:72(p)
msgid "Follow Up:"
msgstr "Folgenachricht-Markierung"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:73(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:73(p)
msgid "Checks whether the message is <link xref=\"mail-follow-up-flag\">flagged for follow-up</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:75(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:75(p)
msgid "Completed On:"
msgstr "Abgeschlossen am:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:78(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:78(p)
msgid "Attachments:"
msgstr "Anlagen:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:79(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:79(p)
msgid "Checks whether there is an attachment for the email."
msgstr "Filtert je nachdem, ob eine Nachricht einen Anhang besitzt."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:81(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:81(p)
msgid "Mailing List"
msgstr "Mailingliste"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:82(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:82(p)
msgid "Filters based on the mailing list the message came from. This filter might miss messages from some list servers, because it checks for the X-BeenThere header, which is used to identify mailing lists or other redistributors of mail. Mail from list servers that do not set X-BeenThere properly are not be caught by these filters."
msgstr "Filtert basierend auf der Mailingliste, von welcher die Nachricht stammt. Dieser Filter prüft auf die X-BeenThere-Kopfzeile von Nachrichten, welche genutzt wird, um Mailinglisten zu kennzeichnen. E-Mails die von List-Servern stammen, die diese Kopfzeile nicht korrekt benutzen, werden von diesem Filter nicht erkannt."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:84(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:84(p)
msgid "Regex Match:"
msgstr "Regex-Treffer:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:85(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:85(p)
msgid "(For programmers only) If you know your way around a <link href=\"https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/Regular_expression\">regex</link>, or regular expression, this option allows you to search for complex patterns of letters, so that you can find, for example, all words that start with a and end with m, and are between six and fifteen letters long, or all messages that declare a particular header twice. For information about how to use regular expressions, check the man page for the grep command."
msgstr "(Nur für Programmierer) Falls Sie sich mit <link href=\"https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/Regular_expression\">regulären Ausdrücken</link> (regex) auskennen, ermöglicht Ihnen diese Option nach komplexen Mustern von Buchstaben zu suchen, so dass sie zum Beispiel alle Wörter finden können, die mit einem »a« beginnen und einem »m« enden, und zwischen sechs und fünfzehn Buchstaben lang sind, oder alle Nachrichten, in denen eine bestimmte Kopfzeile doppelt vorhanden ist. Für weitere Informationen darüber, wie reguläre Ausdrücke genutzt werden können, lesen Sie die Hilfeseite für den Befehl »grep«."

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:87(p)
msgid "Message Location:"
msgstr "Nachrichtenort:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:90(p)
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:96(p)
msgid "Match All:"
msgstr "Auf alles zutreffen:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:5(desc)
msgid "Setting up a search folder."
msgstr "Einrichten eines Suchordners."

#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:23(title)
msgid "Creating A Search Folder"
msgstr "Einen Suchordner erstellen"

#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:26(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Search Folders</gui></guiseq>, or click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Create Rule</gui></guiseq> and select the criterion the search folder will be based on, or if you have run a search, click <guiseq><gui>Search</gui><gui>Create Search Folder From Search...</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:27(p)
#: C/mail-filters.page:37(p)
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Hinzufügen</gui>."

#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:28(p)
#: C/mail-filters.page:38(p)
msgid "Enter a name in the <gui>Rule name</gui> field."
msgstr "Geben Sie einen Namen in das Feld <gui>Regelname</gui> ein."

#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:29(p)
#: C/mail-filters.page:39(p)
msgid "Define the conditions for the rule. For each condition, you first select which part of the message will be checked and then define the comparison."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:29(p)
msgid "For more information on the available conditions see <link xref=\"mail-search-folders-conditions\">Available Search Folder conditions</link>."
msgstr "Für weitere Informationen zu den verfügbaren Bedingungen lesen Sie bitte <link xref=\"mail-search-folders-conditions\">Verfügbare Bedingungen für Suchordner</link>."

#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:30(p)
#: C/mail-filters.page:40(p)
msgid "If you want to define multiple conditions, define under <gui>Find items</gui> if any or if all conditions have to apply, and click <gui style=\"button\">Add Condition</gui> and repeat the previous step."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:31(p)
msgid "Select which folders will be used for the search folder in the section <gui>Search Folder Sources</gui>. Options are:"
msgstr "Wählen Sie, welche Ordner für den Suchordner im Abschnitt <gui>Ordnerquellen durchsuchen</gui> genutzt werden sollen. Verfügbar sind:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:33(p)
msgid "All local folders:"
msgstr "Alle lokalen Ordner:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:34(p)
msgid "Uses all local folders for the search folder source in addition to individual folders that are selected."
msgstr "Benutzt alle lokalen Ordner als Suchordner-Quellen, zusätzlich zu den ausgewählten individuellen Ordnern."

#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:36(p)
msgid "All active remote folders:"
msgstr "Alle aktiven entfernten Ordner"

#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:37(p)
msgid "Remote folders are considered active if you are connected to the server; you must be connected to your mail server for the search folder to include any messages from that source in addition to individual folders that are selected."
msgstr "Entfernte (nicht-lokale) Ordner werden als aktiv betrachtet, wenn Sie mit dem Server verbunden sind; Sie müssen mit dem Server verbunden sein, damit der Suchordner auch Nachrichten aus den entfernten Ordner beinhaltet, zusätzlich zu den ausgewählten individuellen Ordnern."

#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:39(p)
msgid "All local and active remote folders:"
msgstr "Alle lokalen und aktiven entfernten Ordner:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:40(p)
msgid "Uses all local and active remote folders for the search folder source in addition to individual folders that are selected."
msgstr "Benutzt alle lokalen und aktiven nicht-lokalen Ordner als Suchordner-Quellen, zusätzlich zu den ausgewählten individuellen Ordnern."

#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:42(p)
msgid "Specific folders only:"
msgstr "Bestimmte Ordner:"

#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:43(p)
msgid "Uses individual folders for the search folder source. In this case, click the <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to select folders."
msgstr "Individuellen Ordner als Suchordner-Quellen verwenden. Klicken Sie für diesen Fall auf <gui style=\"button\">Hinzufügen</gui>, um Ordner zu wählen."

#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:5(desc)
msgid "Ways to update your Evolution folders."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:20(title)
msgid "Updating/refreshing the folders on the mail server"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:22(p)
msgid "To make sure that your local email folders are updated, go to <guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Refresh</gui></guiseq>. This will ensure that all of your emails have been downloaded from the mail server onto your computer so that you can read them all, and that the read status is synced with the mail server."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:24(p)
msgid "You can also double-click on the folder name to refresh it, or press <key>F5</key>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:5(desc)
msgid "Which thread-related headers are recognized by Evolution."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:20(title)
msgid "Thread related headers recognized by Evolution"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:22(p)
msgid "Evolution supports the following headers:"
msgstr "Evolution unterstützt die folgenden Kopfzeilen:"

#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:24(p)
msgid "References"
msgstr "Referenzen"

#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:25(p)
msgid "In-Reply-To"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:29(p)
msgid "<gui>Thread-*</gui> headers are Microsoft's proprietary headers and not supported."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:5(desc)
msgid "Receiving options for Usenet news accounts."
msgstr "Empfangsoptionen für Usenet-Konten."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:23(title)
msgid "Usenet news receiving options"
msgstr "Empfangsoptionen für Usenet-Nachrichten"

#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:26(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:23(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:23(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:30(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:27(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:23(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:23(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:23(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:26(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:26(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:23(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:26(title)
#: C/intro-first-run.page:36(title)
msgid "Receiving Email"
msgstr "Abrufen von E-Mails"

#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:28(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:25(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:25(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:32(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:29(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:25(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:25(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:25(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:28(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:28(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:25(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:28(p)
msgid "On the <gui>Receiving Email</gui> page (accessible via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving Email</gui></guiseq>):"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:35(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:32(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:28(p)
msgid "Enter the address of the email server in the <gui>Server</gui> field and enter your username for that server."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:32(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:36(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:33(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:32(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:32(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:32(p)
msgid "Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS)."
msgstr "Wählen Sie aus, ob Sie eine sichere Verbindung (SSL oder TLS) verwenden möchten."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:32(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:36(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:33(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:32(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:32(p)
msgid "You should enable this option if your server supports it."
msgstr "Sie sollten diese Funktion aktivieren, falls sie von Ihrem Server unterstützt wird."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:34(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:38(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:35(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:34(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:34(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:35(p)
msgid "Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click <gui style=\"button\">Check for Supported Types</gui> to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work."
msgstr "Wählen Sie Ihren Legitimierungstyp in der Legitimierungsliste, oder klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Prüfen, welche Typen unterstützt werden</gui>, damit Evolution die verfügbaren Legitimationsarten abruft. Einige Server veröffentlichen nicht die verfügbaren Legitimationsarten, daher kann Evolution nicht garantieren, dass das Anklicken des Knopfes funktioniert."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:35(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:40(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:36(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:35(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:35(p)
msgid "Select if you want Evolution to remember your password."
msgstr "Wählen Sie, ob Evolution sich an Ihr Passwort erinnern soll."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:41(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:34(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:34(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:46(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:42(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:34(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:34(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:34(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:41(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:41(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:39(title)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:42(title)
msgid "Receiving Options"
msgstr "Empfangsoptionen"

#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:43(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:36(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:36(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:48(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:44(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:36(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:36(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:36(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:43(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:43(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:41(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:44(p)
msgid "On the <gui>Receiving Options</gui> page (accessible via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving Options</gui></guiseq>):"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:46(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:39(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:51(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:47(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:39(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:39(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:39(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:46(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:46(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:44(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:47(p)
msgid "If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the <gui>Check for new messages every ... minutes</gui> option and select the frequency in minutes."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:47(p)
msgid "Select if you want to show folders in short notation."
msgstr "Wählen Sie, ob Ordner in Kurznotation angezeigt werden sollen."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:48(p)
msgid "For example, comp.os.linux would appear as c.o.linux."
msgstr "comp.os.linux würde zum Beispiel als c.o.linux dargestellt werden."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:49(p)
msgid "Select if you want to show relative folder names in the <link xref=\"mail-imap-subscriptions\">subscriptions window</link>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie, ob relative Ordnernamen im <link xref=\"mail-imap-subscriptions\">Abonnementdialog</link> angezeigt werden sollen."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:50(p)
msgid "If you select to show relative folder names, only the name of the folder is displayed. For example the folder evolution.mail would appear as evolution."
msgstr "Wenn Sie wählen, dass relative Ordnernamen im Abonnementdialog angezeigt werden sollen, so wird nur der Name des Ordners angezeigt. Zum Beispiel würde der Ordner »evolution.mail« als »evolution« dargestellt werden."

#. TODO:XINCLUDE: Maybe later replace this "go back" workaround by doing some content sharing with xinclude and xpointer in intro-first-run.page itself? <include href="foo.xml" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"/> See gnome-user-docs module for example usage.
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:57(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:47(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:46(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:60(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:56(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:46(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:47(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:46(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:58(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:57(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:52(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:58(p)
msgid "If you came to this page from the first-run wizard help page, click <link xref=\"intro-first-run#sending\">here</link> to continue with the next step."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:5(desc)
msgid "Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool file accounts."
msgstr "Empfangsoptionen für Standard-Unix mbox-Spool-Dateikonten"

#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:20(title)
msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file receiving options"
msgstr "Empfangsoptionen für Standard-Unix-mbox-Spool-Datei"

#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:28(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:28(p)
msgid "Choose the file by clicking on the button next to <gui>File</gui> in the <gui>Configuration</gui> section. This will open a file chooser window."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:40(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:39(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:40(p)
msgid "If you want <link xref=\"mail-filters\">Filters</link> to be automatically used for new messages in your inbox, enable <gui>Apply filters to new messages in INBOX</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:5(desc)
msgid "Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool directory accounts."
msgstr "Empfangsoptionen für Standard-Unix-mbox-Spool-Ordnerkonten."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:20(title)
msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory receiving options"
msgstr "Empfangsoptionen für Standard-Unix-mbox-Ordner"

#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:28(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:28(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:28(p)
msgid "Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to <gui>Path</gui> in the <gui>Configuration</gui> section. Some default folders are available in the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last option <gui>Other...</gui>. This will open a directory chooser window."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:5(desc)
msgid "Receiving options for POP accounts."
msgstr "Empfangsoptionen für POP-Konten."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:27(title)
msgid "POP receiving options"
msgstr "POP-Empfangsoptionen"

#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:52(p)
msgid "If you want the messages to remain on the server for a period of time, click the <gui>Leave messages on server</gui> option and the <gui>Delete after ... days</gui> option and select the number of days to allow messages to remain on the server."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:53(p)
msgid "The option <gui>Disable support for all POP3 extensions</gui> is only useful when accessing old or misconfigured mail servers. <link href=\"https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2449\">POP3 extensions</link> provide enhanced functionality, however only some servers support them. In case of problems with receiving mail, enabling this setting might help."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:5(desc)
msgid "Available mail receiving options for several server types."
msgstr "Für verschiedene Servertypen verfügbare Empfangsoptionen für Nachrichten."

#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:18(title)
msgid "Mail Receiving Options"
msgstr "Empfangsoptionen"

#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:21(title)
#: C/intro-first-run.page:42(title)
msgid "Common server types"
msgstr "Häufige Servertypen"

#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:24(title)
#: C/intro-first-run.page:55(title)
msgid "Corporate server types"
msgstr "Servertypen im Unternehmensumfeld"

#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:27(title)
#: C/intro-first-run.page:70(title)
msgid "Local account server types"
msgstr "Servertypen für lokale Konten"

#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:5(desc)
msgid "Receiving options for Novell Groupwise accounts."
msgstr "Empfangsoptionen für Novell Groupwise-Konten."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:24(title)
msgid "Novell Groupwise receiving options"
msgstr "Novell GroupWise-Empfangsoptionen"

#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:34(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:30(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:34(p)
msgid "If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information."
msgstr "Falls Sie in einer Firma oder einer Organisation arbeiten, so fragen Sie bitte Ihren Systemadministrator für weitere Informationen."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:48(p)
msgid "Enter the Post Office Agent SOAP port."
msgstr "Geben Sie den Port des Post-Office-Agent-SOAP ein."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:49(p)
msgid "If you are unsure what your Post Office Agent SOAP port is, contact your system administrator."
msgstr "Falls Sie sich nicht sicher sind, was der korrekte Post-Office-Agent-SOAP-Port ist, so kontaktieren Sie Ihren Systemadministrator."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:5(desc)
msgid "Receiving options for MH-format mail directories accounts."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:20(title)
msgid "MH-format mail directories receiving options"
msgstr "Empfangsoptionen für E-Mail-Ordner im MH-Format"

#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:5(desc)
msgid "Receiving options for Maildir-format mail directories accounts."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:20(title)
msgid "Maildir-format mail directories receiving options"
msgstr "Empfangsoptionen für E-Mail-Ordner im Maildir-Format"

#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:5(desc)
msgid "Receiving options for Local delivery accounts."
msgstr "Empfangsoptionen für Konten mit lokaler Auslieferung."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:20(title)
msgid "Local delivery receiving options"
msgstr "Empfangsoptionen für lokale Auslieferung"

#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:5(desc)
msgid "Receiving options for IMAP+ accounts."
msgstr "Empfangsoptionen für IMAP+-Konten."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:23(title)
msgid "IMAP+ receiving options"
msgstr "IMAP+-Empfangsoptionen"

#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:47(p)
msgid "Select \"Use Quick Resync\" if the IMAP server supports <link href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5162\">IMAP4 Extensions for Quick Mailbox Resynchronization</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:48(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:47(p)
msgid "You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders, or only in subscribed folders."
msgstr "Wählen Sie, ob Evolution nach neuen Nachrichten in allen Ordnern, oder in abonnierten Ordnern schauen soll."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:49(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:48(p)
msgid "Select if you want Evolution to use custom commands to connect to the IMAP server."
msgstr "Wählen Sie, ob Evolution einen benutzerdefinierten Befehl zum Verbinden mit dem IMAP-Server verwenden soll."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:50(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:49(p)
msgid "Select if you want Evolution to show only <link xref=\"mail-imap-subscriptions\">subscribed folders</link>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie, ob Evolution nur <link xref=\"mail-imap-subscriptions\">abonnierte Ordner</link> anzeigen soll."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:51(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:50(p)
msgid "Select if you want Evolution to override server-supplied folder namespaces."
msgstr "Wählen Sie, ob Evolution sich über den vom Server vorgegebenen Ordner-Namensraum (Namespace) hinwegsetzen soll."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:5(desc)
msgid "Receiving options for IMAP accounts."
msgstr "Empfangsoptionen für IMAP-Konten."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:23(title)
msgid "IMAP receiving options"
msgstr "IMAP-Empfangsoptionen"

#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:5(desc)
msgid "Receiving options for Exchange MAPI accounts."
msgstr "Empfangsoptionen für Exchange MAPI-Konten."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:20(title)
msgid "Exchange MAPI receiving options"
msgstr "Exchange MAPI-Empfangsoptionen"

#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:29(p)
msgid "Enter the Domain name for that server."
msgstr "Geben Sie Ihren Domänennamen für den Server ein."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:33(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:36(p)
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Authenticate</gui> and enter your password."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Legitimieren</gui> und geben Sie Ihr Passwort ein."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:45(p)
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:48(p)
msgid "You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders."
msgstr "Sie können auch festlegen, ob Evolution nach neuen Nachrichten in allen Ordnern schauen soll."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:5(desc)
msgid "Receiving options for Evolution Exchange accounts."
msgstr "Empfangsoptionen für Evolution Exchange-Konten."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:23(title)
msgid "Evolution Exchange receiving options"
msgstr "Evolution Exchange-Empfangsoptionen"

#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:31(p)
msgid "Enter your username for that server."
msgstr "Geben Sie Ihren Benutzernamen für den Server ein."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:32(p)
msgid "Enter the OWA URL for that server."
msgstr "Geben Sie Ihre OWA-Adresse für den Server ein."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:33(p)
msgid "Select if the mailbox name is different from the username. If it is, enter the mailbox name."
msgstr "Wählen Sie, ob sich der Name des Postfachs vom Benutzernamen unterscheidet. Falls ja, geben Sie den Postfachnamen ein."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:49(p)
msgid "In the section <gui>Global Address List/Active Directory</gui>, specify the name of the Global Catalog server. The Global Catalog Server contains the user information for users."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:50(p)
msgid "Select if you want to limit the number of Global Address List (GAL) responses as this may increase speed. The GAL contains a list of all email addresses."
msgstr "Wählen Sie, ob die Anzahl der Antworten von der Globalen Adressliste (GAL) begrenzt werden soll. Die GAL enthält eine Liste aller E-Mail-Adressen."

#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:51(p)
msgid "You also have to define the Authentication type, and whether you want groups of contacts in GAL to be represented in the Evolution address book by <link xref=\"contacts-using-contact-lists\">contact lists</link>."
msgstr ""

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:24(None)
msgid "@@image: './figures/new-mail-switcher.png'; md5=be4dbdb5f6e3dcbd5111b87169cae268"
msgstr "lokalisiert"

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:29(None)
#, fuzzy
msgid "@@image: './figures/new-mail-notification.png'; md5=25a4373da392793406910cd883f0c21c"
msgstr "lokalisiert"

#: C/mail-received-notification.page:5(desc)
msgid "Options on notifications of newly received mail."
msgstr "Optionen für Benachrichtigungen für neu eingegangene Nachrichten."

#: C/mail-received-notification.page:20(title)
msgid "Getting notified of new mail"
msgstr "Benachrichtigungen bei neuen E-Mails"

#: C/mail-received-notification.page:22(p)
msgid "Evolution always notifies you of new messages by adding a yellow star to the mailer icon in the window <link xref=\"change-switcher-appearance.page\">switcher</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-received-notification.page:25(p)
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:30(p)
msgid "Switcher layout when a new message has arrived"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-received-notification.page:28(p)
msgid "In order to get also notified of new messages in the GNOME Notification area at the bottom of the screen, make sure that <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Plugins</gui><gui>Mail Notification</gui></guiseq> is enabled and that you have set your preferred options in the <gui>Configuration</gui> tab."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to enable requesting read receipts."
msgstr "Aktivieren von Lesebestätigungen."

#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:33(title)
msgid "Read receipts for emails"
msgstr "Lesebestätigungen für E-Mails"

#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:35(p)
msgid "Read receipts are a way for people to acknowledge that they have received your email. The recipient can normally choose whether to acknowledge the receipt or not, so they are not a completely reliable way of checking if your emails have been received by someone."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:37(p)
msgid "You can request read receipts by enabling this option in the email composer's menu. To do so, go to <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Request Read Receipt</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:39(p)
msgid "For read receipts that you receive you can define Evolution's behavior by going to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui><gui>Message Receipts</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:5(desc)
msgid "Keyboard shortcuts that can save you some time when reading mail."
msgstr "Tastenkombinationen, die beim Lesen von E-Mails Zeit sparen können."

#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24(title)
msgid "Using shortcut keys to read mail"
msgstr "Tastenkürzel beim Lesen von Nachrichten verwenden"

#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:27(title)
msgid "Viewing an email"
msgstr "Eine E-Mail betrachten"

#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:28(p)
msgid "In the Mail window you read a message by selecting it in the message list. If you would like to see the message in its own window, either double-click it, press <key>Enter</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>O</key></keyseq>."
msgstr "Um eine Nachricht im E-Mail-Fenster zu lesen, wählen Sie diese in der E-Mail-Liste aus. Falls Sie die Nachricht in einem separaten Fenster betrachten möchten, klicken Sie entweder zweimal auf die Nachricht und drücken Sie die <key>Eingabetaste</key>, oder drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>O</key></keyseq>."

#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32(title)
msgid "Navigating in a message"
msgstr "So schauen Sie sich in Nachrichten um"

#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:33(p)
msgid "To read mail with the keyboard, you can click the <key>Spacebar</key> to page down and press <key>Backspace</key> to page up while reading an email. Ensure that you use the keys when the message list is focused."
msgstr "Um E-Mails per Tastatur zu lesen, drücken Sie die <key>Leertaste</key> zum abwärts Bewegen und die <key>Rücktaste</key> zum aufwärts Bewegen innerhalb einer E-Mail. Stellen Sie hierfür sicher, dass sich der Eingabefokus in der E-Mail-Liste befindet."

#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:37(title)
msgid "Navigating in a folder in the message list"
msgstr "So durchschauen Sie einen Ordner in der Nachrichtenliste"

#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38(p)
msgid "Navigate in the message list by using the arrow keys on the keyboard."
msgstr "Mit Hilfe der Pfeiltasten auf der Tastatur in der Nachrichtenliste bewegen."

#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42(title)
msgid "Navigating in a folder's unread mail in the message list"
msgstr "In ungelesenen Nachrichten eines Ordners in der Nachrichtenliste bewegen"

#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:43(p)
msgid "To go to the next or previous unread messages, press the period (<key>.</key>) or comma (<key>,</key>) keys. On some keyboards, these keys are also marked with the <key>&gt;</key> and <key>&lt;</key> symbols, which is a convenient way to remember that they move you forward and backward in your message list. You can also use the right square bracket (<key>]</key>) for the next unread message, and the left square bracket (<key>[</key>) for the previous unread message."
msgstr "Drücken Sie die Punkttaste (<key>.</key>) bzw. die Kommataste (<key>,</key>), um zur nächsten oder vorherigen ungelesenen Nachricht zu gelangen. Auf einigen Tastaturen sind diese Tasten auch mit den Symbolen <key>&gt;</key> bzw. <key>&lt;</key> beschriftet. Dies deutet intuitiv an, ob man sich vorwärts oder rückwärts in der Nachrichtenliste bewegt. Sie können auch die Taste mit der rechten eckigen Klammer (<key>]</key>) verwenden, um zur nächsten ungelesenen Nachricht zu gelangen, und die Taste mit der linken eckigen Klammer (<key>[</key>) für die vorherige ungelesene Nachricht."

#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(title)
msgid "Navigating in unread mail across folders"
msgstr "Ungelesene Nachrichten in allen Ordnern durchlaufen"

#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:49(p)
msgid "You can easily read the unread messages in all the mail folders by using the <key>Spacebar</key>."
msgstr "Sie können bequem alle ungelesenen Nachrichten in allen E-Mail-Ordnern mit der <key>Leertaste</key> lesen."

#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51(p)
msgid "When you are in the Mail window, the Spacebar has the following behavior:"
msgstr "Wenn Sie sich im E-Mail-Fenster befinden, verhält sich die Leertaste wie folgt:"

#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53(p)
msgid "When you press the Spacebar for the first time, it takes you to the next unread message."
msgstr "Wenn Sie die Leertaste das erste Mal drücken, so wird die nächste ungelesene Nachricht angezeigt."

#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:54(p)
msgid "If the message is more than one screen long, the Spacebar works as <key>Page Down</key>."
msgstr "Falls die Nachricht länger als eine Bildschirmlänge ist, so arbeitet die Leertaste wie die Taste <key>Seite ab</key>."

#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:55(p)
msgid "If you press the Spacebar after you reach the bottom of the page, it takes you to the next unread message."
msgstr "Wenn die Leertaste am Ende der Nachricht gedrückt wird, so wird die nächste ungelesene Nachricht angezeigt."

#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56(p)
msgid "If there are no more unread messages in the mailbox, pressing the Spacebar takes you to the next unread message in the next folder."
msgstr "Falls keine weiteren ungelesenen Nachrichten im Postfach vorhanden sind, so wird durch das Drücken der Leertaste die erste ungelesene Nachricht im nächsten Ordner angezeigt."

#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(p)
msgid "If new messages arrive in a number of folders, the Spacebar toggles between those folders. This feature allows you to switch to the next unread message in a different folder without clicking the folder."
msgstr "Falls Sie neue Nachrichten in mehreren Ordnern erhalten haben, so ermöglicht die Leertaste das Springen zu den Ordnern. Es ist hiermit nicht mehr nötig, erst den nächsten Ordner auszuwählen."

#: C/mail-organizing.page:5(desc)
msgid "On folders, sorting, searching, filters, search folders, and labels."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-organizing.page:21(title)
msgid "Sorting and organizing mail"
msgstr "So sortieren und organisieren Sie E-Mails"

#: C/mail-organizing.page:23(p)
msgid "Evolution provides several options to organize your mail according to your needs."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-organizing.page:26(title)
msgid "Advanced Options"
msgstr "Erweiterte Optionen"

#: C/mail-not-sent.page:5(desc)
msgid "Possible reasons why emails are not sent."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-not-sent.page:20(title)
msgid "Mail is not sent"
msgstr "E-Mail wurde nicht verschickt"

#: C/mail-not-sent.page:22(p)
msgid "There can be several reasons why emails are not sent:"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-not-sent.page:25(p)
msgid "Invalid email address. Check if all the addresses listed as mail recipients are correct. If the message contains a wrong or invalid email address, the message will not be sent."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-not-sent.page:26(p)
msgid "Incorrect SMTP settings. Verify if the settings used for outgoing messages is correct. Using the incorrect server address or authentication method may prevent emails from being sent"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-not-sent.page:27(p)
msgid "Offline status. Evolution may be offline. Check on the <gui style=\"button\">Send and Receive</gui> button; if it is greyed out, then you are offline. To go online, go to <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Work online</gui></guiseq>. You should now be able to use the <gui style=\"button\">Send and Receive</gui> button."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:5(desc)
msgid "Moving emails from one folder to another."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:24(title)
msgid "Moved emails are still shown in the original folder"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:26(p)
msgid "IMAP has no \"move\" feature. Evolution \"moves\" messages by copying and deleting emails. Deleting means \"marking messages for deletion\" so all the original messages are retained until you Expunge the emails marked for deletion."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:28(p)
msgid "See the topic on <link xref=\"mail-delete-and-undelete\">deleting emails</link> for instructions on how to expunge email messages. Note that this applies to other types of accounts as well."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-layout-changing.page:5(desc)
msgid "Changing the display of the mail window (message list columns and widescreen)."
msgstr "So ändern Sie die Darstellung des E-Mail-Fensters (Nachrichtenspalten und Breitbild)."

#: C/mail-layout-changing.page:20(title)
msgid "Changing the mail window layout"
msgstr "Die Ansicht des E-Mail-Fensters anpassen"

#: C/mail-labels.page:5(desc)
msgid "Use labels to categorize your mail while keeping it in their folders."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-labels.page:21(title)
msgid "Using Labels"
msgstr "Beschriftungen verwenden"

#: C/mail-labels.page:23(p)
msgid "You can add colored labels to emails in order to categorize them. This is similar to <link xref=\"using-categories\">Categories</link> in the other Evolution windows."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-labels.page:25(p)
msgid "You can search for messages with specific labels by using the <link xref=\"mail-searching\">quick search dropdown</link>. Also, <link xref=\"mail-search-folders\">search folders</link> can be created based on labels."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-labels.page:28(title)
msgid "Adding a label to a message"
msgstr "Eine Beschriftung zu einer Nachricht hinzufügen"

#: C/mail-labels.page:29(p)
msgid "To assign a label to a message, right-click the message, click <gui>Label</gui>, and choose the label to apply."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-labels.page:30(p)
msgid "You can also quickly add a new label by choosing <gui>New Label</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-labels.page:34(title)
msgid "Managing labels"
msgstr "Beschriftungen verwalten"

#: C/mail-labels.page:35(p)
msgid "You can add, edit and delete all labels under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>Labels</gui></guiseq>. Note that you cannot remove the default labels."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:5(desc)
msgid "IMAP folder subscriptions."
msgstr "IMAP-Ordnerabonnements."

#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:26(title)
msgid "IMAP Subscriptions"
msgstr "IMAP-Abonnements"

#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:28(p)
msgid "As opening many IMAP folders on the server takes time you can define which IMAP folders to check and display in Evolution, and which ones to ignore for the time being, via the <gui>IMAP Subscriptions Manager</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:30(p)
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Subscriptions</gui></guiseq>, or right-click on the top level node of an email account in the folder list and click <gui>Manage subscriptions</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:32(p)
msgid "Evolution displays a list of files and folders available on the IMAP server."
msgstr "Evolution zeigt Ihnen eine Liste der auf dem IMAP-Ordner verfügbaren Dateien und Ordner an."

#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:33(p)
msgid "Select a file or folder by clicking it."
msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Datei oder einen Ordner aus, indem Sie darauf klicken."

#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:34(p)
msgid "You should select at least the Inbox folder. Depending upon the way your IMAP server is configured, the list of available files might include non-mail folders. If it does, you can ignore them."
msgstr "Sie sollten zumindest den Eingangsordner auswählen. Je nachdem wie Ihr IMAP_Server konfiguriert ist, kann die Liste der verfügbaren Datei auch Nicht-E-Mail-Ordner enthalten. Falls dies der Fall ist, so ignorieren Sie diese."

#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:35(p)
msgid "Click a folder's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die zu abonnierenden Ordner aus, indem Sie das Ankreuzfeld anwählen."

#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:5(desc)
msgid "Define which mail headers to download when using IMAP."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:25(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:51(title)
msgid "IMAP Headers"
msgstr "IMAP-Kopfzeilen"

#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:27(p)
msgid "The <gui>IMAP Headers</gui> tab is only displayed in the <gui>Account Editor</gui> if <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Plugins</gui><gui>IMAP Features</gui></guiseq> is enabled."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:29(p)
msgid "Evolution allows you for IMAP accounts to choose the headers that you want to download so that you can reduce the download time and filter or move your mail around the way you like it. The IMAP Mail header options are as follows:"
msgstr "Evolution ermöglicht es Ihnen, bei IMAP-Konten zu wählen, welche Kopfzeilen heruntergeladen werden sollen. Dadurch kann die Downloadzeit verringert werden, und Sie können Ihre Nachrichten nach Wunsch filtern und verschieben. Die Möglichkeiten hierbei sind:"

#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:31(p)
msgid "Fetch All Headers:"
msgstr "Alle Kopfzeilen holen:"

#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:31(p)
msgid "All available IMAP mail headers for all the messages will be downloaded."
msgstr "Alle verfügbaren IMAP-Nachrichtenkopfzeilen für alle Nachrichten werden heruntergeladen."

#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:32(p)
msgid "Basic Headers (Fastest):"
msgstr "Grundlegende Kopfzeilen (am schnellsten):"

#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:32(p)
msgid "This will include Date, From, To, CC, Subject, Preferences, In-Reply-To, Message-ID, Mime-Version, and Content-Type. If you want to just fetch and see messages without having to categorically filter messages based on your mailing lists, choose this option. This will make Evolution work faster and is generally recommended for common users."
msgstr "Dies beinhaltet die Zeilen DATE, FROM, TO, CC, SUBJECT, PREFERENCES, IN-REPLY-TO, MESSAGE-ID, MIME-VERSION, und CONTENT-TYPE. Falls Sie nur E-Mails abrufen und betrachten wollen, ohne nach Mailinglisten zu filtern, so wählen Sie diese Option, die für die meisten Benutzer empfohlen wird."

#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:33(p)
msgid "Basic and Mailing List Headers (Default):"
msgstr "Gewöhnliche und Mailinglisten-Kopfzeilen (Vorgabe):"

#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:33(p)
msgid "Enable this option to have filters based on mailing list headers (like list ID) so that in addition to the basic headers, the headers that correspond to mailing-lists are also fetched. Mailing list headers will have the informations such as the mailinglist-ID, owner of the mailing list, and so on with which you can create mailing list filters."
msgstr "Wählen Sie diese Option, falls Sie nach Mailinglisten-Kopfzeilen (wie List-ID) filtern, damit zusätzlich zu den grundlegenden Kopfzeilen auch diese Kopfzeilen heruntergeladen werden. Mailinglisten-Kopfzeilen beinhalten Informationen wie die List-ID, den Besitzer der Mailingliste (Owner) usw., wodurch Sie spezielle Filter nach Mailinglisten erstellen können."

#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:33(p)
msgid "This is the default Header preference that comes with Evolution. When this option is chosen, Evolution will download a basic set of headers (as described above) along with a set of headers that are needed for client-side filters based on mailing lists. If you do not have any filters on Evolution, it is recommended to switch to the <gui>Basic Headers</gui> option."
msgstr "Dies ist die Voreinstellung für Kopfzeilen in Evolution. Wenn diese gewählt wird, lädt Evolution die grundlegenden Kopfzeilen (wie zuvor beschrieben) sowie eine Anzahl an Kopfzeilen, die für das Filtern von Mailinglisten benötigt werden herunter. Falls Sie keine Filter in Evolution einsetzen, so empfehlen wir die Option <gui>Grundlegende Kopfzeilen</gui>."

#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:36(p)
msgid "To set the IMAP Mail headers:"
msgstr "Um die IMAP-Kopfzeilen auszuwählen:"

#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:38(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:28(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:30(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:29(p)
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Einstellungen</gui><gui>E-Mail-Konten</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:39(p)
msgid "Select the IMAP account."
msgstr "Wählen Sie das IMAP-Konto aus."

#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:40(p)
msgid "Click <gui>Edit</gui>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Bearbeiten</gui>."

#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:41(p)
msgid "Click the <gui>IMAP Headers</gui> tab."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den Reiter <gui>IMAP-Kopfzeilen</gui>."

#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:42(p)
msgid "Optionally: If you want to define extra headers to download you can add these in the <gui>Custom Headers</gui> section."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:45(p)
msgid "The option to define IMAP Headers is currently only available for IMAP accounts, but not for IMAP+ accounts."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:5(desc)
msgid "Using flags to remind you of actions."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:23(title)
msgid "Follow up flags for emails"
msgstr "Folgenachricht-Markierungen für E-Mails"

#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:25(p)
msgid "To make sure you do not forget about a message, you can use the follow-up feature."
msgstr "Damit Sie keine wichtigen Nachrichten vergessen, können Sie die Folgenachricht-Funktion benutzen."

#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:27(p)
msgid "Select one or more messages."
msgstr "Wählen Sie eine oder mehrere Nachrichten aus."

#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:28(p)
msgid "Right-click one of the messages."
msgstr "Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf diese Nachrichten."

#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:29(p)
msgid "Click <gui>Mark for Follow Up...</gui>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie <gui>Als Folgenachricht markieren</gui>."

#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:31(p)
msgid "You can also do this by selecting the message(s) and clicking <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Mark as</gui><gui>Follow Up...</gui></guiseq> or by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:33(p)
msgid "A window opens to allow you to set the type of flag and the due date."
msgstr "Es öffnet sich ein Fenster, in welchem Sie den Typ der Folgenachricht und das Fälligkeitsdatum bestimmen können."

#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:35(p)
msgid "The flag itself is the action you want to remind yourself about, such as Call, Forward and Reply."
msgstr "Die Markierung selbst ist die Aktion, an die sich selbst erinnern möchten. Es werden mehrere Aktionen bereit gestellt (wie Anrufen, Weiterleiten, Antworten)."

#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:37(p)
msgid "After you have added a flag, you can mark it as complete or remove it entirely by right-clicking the message and clicking either <gui>Flag Completed</gui> or <gui>Clear Flag</gui>."
msgstr "Nachdem Sie eine Markierung hinzugefügt haben, können Sie diese als erledigt markieren oder vollständig entfernen, indem Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Nachricht klicken und dann entweder <gui>Als abgeschlossen markieren</gui> oder <gui>Markierung löschen</gui> wählen."

#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:39(p)
msgid "When you read a flagged message, its flag status is displayed at the top, before the message headers. An overdue message might tell you \"Overdue: Call by April 07, 2012, 5:00 PM.\""
msgstr "Wenn Sie eine markierte Nachricht betrachten, so wird der Status der Markierung oberhalb der Nachrichtenköpfe angezeigt. Eine überfällige Nachricht wird folgendermaßen angezeigt: <quote>Überfällig: Anruf am 07. April, 5:00</quote>"

#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:41(p)
msgid "Flags can help you organize your work in a number of ways. For example, you might <link xref=\"mail-change-columns-in-message-list\">add a Flag Status column</link> to your message list and sort that way. Alternately, you could create a <link xref=\"mail-search-folders\">search folder</link> that displays all your flagged messages, then clear the flags when you're done, so the search folder contains only messages with upcoming deadlines."
msgstr "Markierungen können Ihnen bei der Organisation Ihrer Arbeit behilflich sein. Sie können sich zum Beispiel eine <link xref=\"mail-change-columns-in-message-list\">Markierungsstatus-Spalte</link> zu Ihrer E-Mail-Liste hinzufügen und hiernach Ihre E-Mails sortieren. Sie können auch einen <link xref=\"mail-search-folders\">Suchordner</link> anlegen, der Ihnen alle markierten Nachrichten anzeigt. Nach dem Entfernen von Markierungen abgeschlossener Aufgaben enthält der Suchordner nur noch Nachrichten mit noch nicht überfälligen Terminen."

#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:43(p)
msgid "If you prefer a simpler way to remind yourself about messages, you can mark them as important by right-clicking the message, then click <gui>Mark as Important</gui>, or by selecting <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Mark as</gui><gui>Important</gui></guiseq> from the menubar."
msgstr "Falls Sie einen einfacheren Weg bevorzugen, um sich selbst an Nachrichten zu erinnern, so können Sie diese als wichtig markieren, indem Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Nachricht klicken und <gui>Als wichtig markieren</gui> wählen, oder indem Sie in der Menüleiste auf <guiseq><gui>Nachricht</gui><gui>Markieren als</gui><gui>Wichtig</gui></guiseq> auswählen."

#: C/mail-folders.page:5(desc)
msgid "Use folders to organize your mail."
msgstr "Ordner zum Organisieren Ihrer Nachrichten verwenden."

#: C/mail-folders.page:28(title)
msgid "Using Folders"
msgstr "Ordner verwenden"

#: C/mail-folders.page:30(p)
msgid "Evolution, like most mail systems, uses folders to store email messages. You start out with a few mail folders such as the Inbox, Outbox, and Drafts. You can, however, create more folders if required."
msgstr "Evolution speichert, wie die meisten anderen E-Mail-Systeme auch, E-Mails in Ordnern. Sie beginnen mit einer überschaubaren Anzahl an Ordnern, wie Eingang, Verschickt, und Entwürfe, aber Sie können so viele Ordner erstellen wie Sie mögen."

#: C/mail-folders.page:33(title)
msgid "Creating A Folder"
msgstr "Einen Ordner erstellen"

#: C/mail-folders.page:34(p)
msgid "To create a folder:"
msgstr "So erstellen Sie einen neuen Ordner:"

#: C/mail-folders.page:36(p)
msgid "Click on <gui>Folder</gui> and select <gui>New</gui>. You can also right-click anywhere on the folder list and select the <gui>New Folder</gui> option."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-folders.page:37(p)
msgid "Specify the name and the location of the folder."
msgstr "Wählen Sie den Namen und den Ort für den Ordner aus."

#: C/mail-folders.page:38(p)
msgid "Click on the <gui>Create</gui> button."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den <gui>Erstellen</gui>-Knopf."

#: C/mail-folders.page:40(p)
msgid "The new folder will be shown in the folder view. You can then move messages into the folder."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-folders.page:43(p)
msgid "The Inbox folders on most IMAP servers cannot contain both messages and subfolders. When creating additional folders on your IMAP mail server, branch the folders from the root of the IMAP account and not from the Inbox. Creating subfolders in your Inbox may prevent you from reading messages that exist in the Inbox. If this happens, move the folders to the IMAP account."
msgstr "Auf den meisten IMAP-Servern kann der Eingangsordner nicht gleichzeitig Unterordner und Nachrichten enthalten. Wenn Sie zusätzliche Ordner auf Ihrem IMAP-Server erstellen, so sollten Sie diese im obersten Ordner des IMAP-Kontos erstellen und nicht im Eingangsordner. Wenn Sie Unterordner im Eingangsordner erstellen, so verlieren Sie eventuell die Möglichkeit, Nachrichten in Ihrem Eingangsordner zu lesen. In diesem Fall verschieben Sie die Ordner In das IMAP-Konto."

#: C/mail-folders.page:49(title)
msgid "Moving Messages to New Folders"
msgstr "Nachrichten in neue Ordner verschieben"

#: C/mail-folders.page:50(p)
msgid "You can move messages into folders by using one of the following methods:"
msgstr "Sie können Nachrichten folgendermaßen in Ordner verschieben:"

#: C/mail-folders.page:52(p)
msgid "Drag and drop the messages into the folder."
msgstr "Nachrichten in den Ordner ziehen und ablegen."

#: C/mail-folders.page:53(p)
msgid "Right-click on the message and select the <gui>Move to Folder</gui> option."
msgstr "Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Nachricht und wählen Sie die Option <gui>In Ordner verschieben</gui>."

#: C/mail-folders.page:54(p)
msgid "Select a message and press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-folders.page:55(p)
msgid "Select a message and click on <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Move to Folder</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Nachricht und wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Nachricht</gui><gui>In Ordner verschieben</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/mail-folders.page:58(p)
msgid "The steps for copying are similar."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-folders.page:60(p)
msgid "Moving files can be done automatically by setting up <link xref=\"mail-filters\">filters</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-filters.page:5(desc)
msgid "Use filter rules to sort your mail automatically into folders."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-filters.page:23(title)
msgid "Using Filters"
msgstr "Filter verwenden"

#: C/mail-filters.page:25(p)
msgid "Message filters apply actions on messages based on conditions that you have defined. You can define filters for both incoming and outgoing emails."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-filters.page:27(p)
msgid "Filters will be automatically applied to incoming messages for local accounts (such as POP). Mail serves for remote accounts (such as IMAP) often already filter mail directly on the server as this is faster. If you want to apply your Evolution filters to remote accounts, you can enable this under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Receiving Options</gui><gui>Options</gui><gui>Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this server</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-filters.page:29(p)
msgid "To manually apply filters on messages in a folder, select the messages and click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Apply Filters</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Y</key></keyseq>."
msgstr "Um händisch Filter auf Nachrichten in einem Ordner anzuwenden, wählen Sie die Nachrichten und klicken Sie auf  <guiseq><gui>Nachricht</gui><gui>Filter anwenden</gui></guiseq>, oder drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Y</key></keyseq>."

#: C/mail-filters.page:30(p)
#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:25(p)
msgid "You can select all messages in a folder by clicking <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Select All</gui></guiseq> or pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>."
msgstr "Um alle Nachrichten in einem Ordner auszuwählen, wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Alle markieren</gui></guiseq> in der Menüleiste, oder drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>A</key></keyseq>."

#: C/mail-filters.page:33(title)
msgid "Creating a Filter"
msgstr "Einen Filter erstellen"

#: C/mail-filters.page:36(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Message Filters</gui></guiseq>, or click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Create Rule</gui></guiseq> and select the criterion the filter will be based on."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-filters.page:39(p)
msgid "For more information on the available conditions see <link xref=\"mail-filters-conditions\">Available Filter conditions</link>."
msgstr "Für weitere Informationen zu verfügbaren Bedingungen lesen Sie bitte <link xref=\"mail-filters-conditions\">Verfügbare Filterbedingungen</link>."

#: C/mail-filters.page:42(p)
msgid "Select the Actions for the Filter in the <gui>Then</gui> section."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Aktionen für den Filter unter <gui>Dann</gui> aus."

#: C/mail-filters.page:42(p)
msgid "For more information on the available actions see <link xref=\"mail-filters-actions\">Available Filter actions</link>."
msgstr "Für weitere Informationen zu den verfügbaren Aktionen lesen Sie bitte <link xref=\"mail-filters-actions\">Verfügbare Filteraktionen</link>."

#: C/mail-filters.page:44(p)
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:29(p)
msgid "Note that the order of filters is very important. They are applied to the original message in sequence, like a recipe."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-filters.page:45(p)
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:30(p)
msgid "If your first filter has a <gui>Stop Processing</gui> rule, then all the email messages that match this filter will ignore all the succeeding filters."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-filters.page:46(p)
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:31(p)
msgid "When you move a message to another folder, \"moving\" actually means appending a copy of the message to the destination folder and marking the original message for deletion. So any subsequent filter rules will be applied to the original message that is now marked for deletion. Therefore moving a message should usually appear last in a sequence of filter rules."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-filters.page:49(p)
msgid "If you want to define multiple actions, click <gui style=\"button\">Add Action</gui> and repeat the previous step. For example, if you want no other existing filters to be applied choose <gui>Stop Processing</gui> as the second action in the list."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-filters.page:56(title)
msgid "Editing Filters"
msgstr "Filter bearbeiten"

#: C/mail-filters.page:58(p)
#: C/mail-filters.page:68(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Message Filters</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Nachrichtenfilter</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/mail-filters.page:59(p)
#: C/mail-filters.page:69(p)
msgid "Select the filter."
msgstr "Wählen Sie den Filter aus."

#: C/mail-filters.page:60(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:30(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:32(p)
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Bearbeiten</gui>."

#: C/mail-filters.page:61(p)
msgid "Make the desired corrections, then click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui> twice."
msgstr "Führen Sie die gewünschten Änderungen durch und klicken Sie zweimal auf <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui>."

#: C/mail-filters.page:66(title)
msgid "Deleting Filters"
msgstr "Filter löschen"

#: C/mail-filters.page:70(p)
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Entfernen</gui>."

#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:5(desc)
msgid "Fix problems with mail filters that do not sort and organize mail as expected."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:25(title)
msgid "Mail filters are not working"
msgstr "E-Mail-Filter funktionieren nicht"

#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:26(p)
msgid "Your mail filters are probably working, however, they could be ordered in an inefficient way. This will make your filters run slowly, so it may seem like they are not working."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:32(p)
msgid "To check the rules and their order of an existing filter, review its actions in the <gui>Then</gui> section by <link xref=\"mail-filters#editing\">editing the filter</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:35(p)
msgid "Another thing you have to keep in mind is that filters depend on the \"new\" flag that is set when a particular email message is initially fetched from the server. If you use another email client aside from Evolution, your filters may not work automatically."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:38(p)
msgid "Applying the <gui>Stop Processing</gui> rule to an email message will cause all succeeding filters to ignore that message."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:5(desc)
msgid "Available conditions for setting up filtering."
msgstr "Verfügbare Bedingungen zum Einrichten von Filtern."

#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:23(title)
msgid "Available Filter conditions"
msgstr "Verfügbare Filterbedingungen"

#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:87(p)
msgid "Source Account:"
msgstr "Quellkonto:"

#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:88(p)
msgid "Filters messages according the server you got them from. This is most useful if you use multiple POP mail accounts."
msgstr "Filtert Nachrichten gemäß dem Server, von dem sie stammen. Dies ist nützlich, falls Sie mehrere POP-Konten besitzen."

#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:90(p)
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:65(p)
msgid "Pipe to Program:"
msgstr "An Programm weiterleiten:"

#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:91(p)
msgid "Evolution can use an external command to process a message, then process it based on the return value. Commands used in this way must return an integer. This is most commonly used to add an external junk mail filter."
msgstr "Evolution kann einen externen Befehl zum Verarbeiten einer Nachricht benutzen, und dann die Nachricht basierend auf dem Rückgabewert des Befehls weiterverarbeiten. Auf diese Weise genutzte Befehle müssen einen ganzzahligen Wert als Rückgabewert liefern. Dies kann zum Beispiel zum Filtern unerwünschter Nachrichten oder für einen Virusscanner genutzt werden."

#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:93(p)
msgid "Junk Test:"
msgstr "Unerwünscht-Test:"

#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:94(p)
msgid "Filters based on the results of the <link xref=\"mail-spam\">junk mail</link> test."
msgstr "Filtert gemäß den Ergebnissen des <link xref=\"mail-spam\">Unerwünscht</link>-Tests."

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:5(desc)
msgid "Available actions for setting up filtering."
msgstr "Verfügbare Bedingungen zum Einrichten von Filtern"

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:23(title)
msgid "Available Filter actions"
msgstr "Verfügbare Filteraktionen"

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:26(p)
msgid "Move to Folder:"
msgstr "In Ordner verschieben:"

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:27(p)
msgid "Moves the message into a folder you specify."
msgstr "Verschiebt die Nachricht in einen Ordner ihrer Wahl."

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:29(p)
msgid "Copy to Folder:"
msgstr "In Ordner kopieren:"

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:30(p)
msgid "Puts a copy of the message into a folder you specify."
msgstr "Erzeugt eine Kopie einer Nachricht in einer anderen Ordner, den Sie auswählen können."

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:32(p)
msgid "Delete:"
msgstr "Löschen:"

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:33(p)
msgid "Marks the message for deletion. The message can be undeleted until you expunge or empty the trash."
msgstr "Markiert eine Nachricht als gelöscht. Das Löschen kann rückgängig gemacht werden, solange sie nicht den betroffenen Ordner gesäubert oder den Müll geleert haben."

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:35(p)
msgid "Stop Processing:"
msgstr "Verarbeitung stoppen:"

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:36(p)
msgid "Select this if you want to all other filters ignore this message. Note that only filters listed after this particular rule will be ignored."
msgstr "Wählen Sie dies aus, falls alle darauf folgenden Filter nicht mehr auf die Nachricht angewendet werden sollen."

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:38(p)
msgid "Set Label:"
msgstr "Beschriftung setzen:"

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:39(p)
msgid "Adds a label to a message."
msgstr "Fügt eine Beschriftung zu einer Nachricht hinzu"

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:41(p)
msgid "Assign Color:"
msgstr "Farbe zuweisen:"

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:42(p)
msgid "Marks the message with a color of your choice."
msgstr "Markiert die Nachricht mit einer Farbe ihrer Wahl."

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:44(p)
msgid "Assign Score:"
msgstr "Bewertung zuweisen:"

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:45(p)
msgid "Assigns the message a numeric score."
msgstr "Teilt der Nachricht eine Zahlenbewertung zu."

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:47(p)
msgid "Adjust Score:"
msgstr "Bewertung anpassen:"

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:48(p)
msgid "Changes the numeric score by the amount you set."
msgstr "Ändert die Zahlenbewertung einer Nachricht um den von Ihnen bestimmten Wert."

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:50(p)
msgid "Set Status:"
msgstr "Status setzen:"

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:51(p)
msgid "Sets the status of the message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, Important, Read, or Junk."
msgstr "Setzt den Status einer Nachricht. Der Status kann Beantwortet, Entwurf, Wichtig, Gelesen, oder Unerwünscht sein."

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:53(p)
msgid "Unset Status:"
msgstr "Status nicht setzen:"

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:54(p)
msgid "If the message has a status value, unsets it. If a status value is not set, it does nothing."
msgstr "Entfernt einen vorhandenen Status einer Nachricht. Falls kein Status gesetzt ist, so geschieht nichts."

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:56(p)
msgid "Beep:"
msgstr "Warnton:"

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:57(p)
msgid "Makes the system beep."
msgstr "Lässt den Rechner einen Warnton ausgeben."

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:59(p)
msgid "Play Sound:"
msgstr "Klang abspielen:"

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:60(p)
msgid "Select a sound file for Evolution to play."
msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Klangdatei, die von Evolution gespielt werden soll."

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:62(p)
msgid "Run Program:"
msgstr "Programm ausführen:"

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:63(p)
msgid "Evolution runs an application."
msgstr "Lässt Evolution eine Anwendung ausführen."

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:66(p)
msgid "Sends the message to a program of your choice. No return value is expected. This feature can be used to create automatic Web postings from email messages or to perform additional message post processing not supported by Evolution."
msgstr "Sendet die Nachricht an ein Programm Ihrer Wahl. Es wird kein Rückgabewert erwartet. Diese Funktion kann genutzt werden, um automatische Web-Postings aus E-Mail-Nachrichten zu erstellen oder um eine zusätzliche Weiterverarbeitung der E-Mail durchzuführen, die von Evolution selbst in dieser Form nicht unterstützt wird."

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:68(p)
msgid "Forward to:"
msgstr "Weiterleiten an:"

#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:69(p)
msgid "Forwards the message to another email address."
msgstr "Leitet die Nachricht an eine andere E-Mail-Adresse weiter."

#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:5(desc)
#: C/mail-error-folder-mismatch.page:5(desc)
#: C/mail-error-failed-to-append-to-sent-folder.page:5(desc)
msgid "What to do when this error is shown."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:20(title)
msgid "Error message \"No provider available for protocol email\""
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:22(p)
msgid "This error message may be displayed for a number of reasons:"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:26(p)
msgid "The filters used do not match the account they are associated with."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:27(p)
msgid "This happens when the <file>filters.xml</file> file is copied and used on a fresh install of Evolution on a new machine."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:28(p)
msgid "Accounts have unique ID numbers, and filters refer to these accounts directly. Simply copying the <file>filters.xml</file> file will cause a version mismatch with Evolution, affecting the filter rules."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:31(p)
msgid "The account settings may not have been copied properly."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:32(p)
msgid "The account settings were modified."
msgstr "Die Kontoeinstellungen wurden verändert."

#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:35(p)
msgid "To fix this problem, edit the email filters and re-select the folder for each Copy/Move filter. To do this:"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:37(p)
msgid "Go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Message Filters</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:38(p)
msgid "Select the Copy/Move filter and click <gui>Edit</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:39(p)
msgid "Refer to the list of folders associated with that particular filter. Click on the button that allows you to modify the folders assigned for that filter. Set the folders again."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:43(p)
msgid "Advanced users may also be interested in this write up: <link href=\"https://thomas.apestaart.org/thomas/trac/wiki/Evolution\">How to keep the Evolution filters in sync on multiple machines by Thomas Vander Stichele </link>"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-folder-mismatch.page:24(title)
msgid "Error message \"Summary and folder mismatch\" after synchronizing folders"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-folder-mismatch.page:26(p)
msgid "If the error message: <gui>Error while Expunging folder. Error storing `~/.local/share/evolution/mail/local/Inbox (mbox)': Summary and folder mismatch, even after a sync.</gui> pops up, perform the following steps:"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-folder-mismatch.page:28(p)
msgid "These steps apply to the versions 3.0 and 3.2. Note that Evolution's file locations in 2.30 and 2.32 are different (<file>~/.evolution/mail/local/</file> instead of <file>~/.local/share/evolution/mail/local/</file>)."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-folder-mismatch.page:31(p)
msgid "Open the Terminal application (category <gui>System Tools</gui>) and type in the command <code>evolution --force-shutdown</code>. This command stops Evolution and all the processes related to it."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-folder-mismatch.page:32(p)
msgid "Remove the files ending in:"
msgstr "Dateien mit folgender Endung entfernen:"

#: C/mail-error-folder-mismatch.page:34(file)
msgid ".ev-summary"
msgstr ".ev-summary"

#: C/mail-error-folder-mismatch.page:35(file)
msgid ".ibex.index"
msgstr ".ibex.index"

#: C/mail-error-folder-mismatch.page:37(p)
msgid "To do this, navigate to the hidden directory <file>~/.local/share/evolution/mail/local/</file> and locate the specified files. You can do this in the GNOME File Manager (Nautilus) by either showing hidden files, or by entering the directory via <guiseq><gui>Go</gui><gui>Location...</gui></guiseq> from the menu bar."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-folder-mismatch.page:40(p)
msgid "Restart Evolution. Note that restarting the application may take some time since it will need to rebuild the indexes deleted in the previous step."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-folder-mismatch.page:44(p)
msgid "You may lose your mail labels when performing this operation."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-folder-mismatch.page:48(p)
msgid "This problem is expected to be fixed in version 3.0 according to the corresponding <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=550414\">bug report</link>. Please add a comment if this is not the case."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-failed-to-append-to-sent-folder.page:24(title)
msgid "Error message \"Failed to append to...\" after sending message"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-failed-to-append-to-sent-folder.page:26(p)
msgid "If the error message \"Your message was sent, but an error occurred during post-processing. The reported error was \"Failed to append to mbox:///home/user/.local/share/evolution/mail/local#Sent: Cannot get folder 'Sent': folder does not exist. Appending to local 'Sent' folder instead.\".\" is shown, you can fix the problem by editing your default folder settings under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui><gui>Folder for sent messages</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-error-failed-to-append-to-sent-folder.page:27(p)
msgid "This bug is fixed in Evolution versions higher than 3.0.2 (stable series) and 3.1.3 (unstable development series). If this is not the case, please add a comment to the corresponding <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=638307\">bug report</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:5(desc)
msgid "Signing or encrypting messages via S/MIME that you send."
msgstr "Zu versendende Nachrichten mit S/MIME signieren oder verschlüsseln."

#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:23(title)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:23(title)
msgid "Signing or encrypting messages"
msgstr "Nachrichten signieren oder verschlüsseln"

#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:25(p)
msgid "After you have <link xref=\"mail-encryption-s-mime-manage\">added your certificate</link>, you can sign or encrypt a message by clicking <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>S/MIME Sign</gui></guiseq> or <gui>S/MIME Encrypt</gui> from the message composer menu."
msgstr "Nachdem Sie Ihr <link xref=\"mail-encryption-s-mime-manage\">Zertifikat hinzugefügt</link> haben, können Sie eine Nachricht signieren oder verschlüsseln, indem Sie in der Menüleiste des E-Mail-Editors auf <guiseq><gui>Optionen</gui><gui>Mit S/MIME signieren</gui></guiseq> oder auf <gui>Mit S/MIME verschlüsseln</gui> im Fenster zum Verfassen neuer E-Mails klicken."

#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:26(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:28(p)
msgid "To have every message signed or encrypted:"
msgstr "So signieren oder verschlüsseln Sie jede Nachricht:"

#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:29(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:31(p)
msgid "Select the mail account to encrypt the messages in."
msgstr "Wählen Sie das E-Mail-Konto aus, für welches die Nachrichten verschlüsselt werden sollen."

#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:33(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:31(p)
msgid "Click the <gui>Security</gui> tab."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den Reiter <gui>Sicherheit</gui>."

#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:32(p)
msgid "In the <gui>Secure MIME (S/MIME)</gui> section, click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui> next to <gui>Signing Certificate</gui> and specify the path to your signing certificate, or click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui> next to <gui>Encryption Certificate</gui> and specify the path to your encryption certificate."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:33(p)
msgid "Select the appropriate options."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die gewünschten Optionen aus."

#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:36(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:26(p)
msgid "The Subject line of the message will not be encrypted and should not be used for sensitive information."
msgstr "Die Betreffzeile der Nachricht wird nicht verschlüsselt und sollte daher keine vertraulichen Informationen enthalten."

#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:5(desc)
msgid "Adding, editing, viewing and deleting S/MIME certificates."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:23(title)
msgid "Managing S/MIME certificates"
msgstr "S/MIME-Zertifikate verwalten"

#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:25(p)
msgid "Certificates allow you to communicate with others securely over an encrypted connection, or sign a message confirming your identity to the contact. These settings only apply to S/MIME encryption."
msgstr "Zertifikate ermöglichen das sichere Kommunizieren mit anderen über eine verschlüsselte Verbindung und das Signieren von Nachrichten, so dass Sie Ihre Identität gegenüber dem Empfänger bestätigen können. Diese Einstellungen beziehen sich nur auf S/MIME-Verschlüsselung."

#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:26(p)
msgid "You can import, view, edit (except for your own certificates), and delete your certificates under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Certificates</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Sie können unter <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Einstellungen</gui><gui>Zertifikate</gui></guiseq> Zertifikate importieren, anschauen, (alle bis auf eigene) bearbeiten und löschen."

#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:27(p)
msgid "<gui>Your Certificates</gui> displays a list of certificates that you own. To add a signing certificate, click <gui style=\"button\">Import</gui>, select the file to import, then click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui> and enter a password."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:28(p)
msgid "<gui>Contact Certificates</gui> displays a list of certificates that you have for contacts. These certificates allow you to decrypt messages as well verify signed messages."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Kontaktzertifikate</gui>, um eine Liste der Zertifikate angezeigt zu bekommen, die Sie von anderen Kontakten besitzen. Diese Zertifikate ermöglichen Ihnen das Entschlüsseln von Nachrichten und das Prüfen von signierten Nachrichten."

#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:29(p)
msgid "<gui>Authorities</gui> displays a list of trusted certificate authorities who verify that your own certificate is valid."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den <gui>Zertifizierungsstellen</gui>-Reiter, um eine Liste der vertrauenswürdigen Zertifizierungsstellen angezeigt zu bekommen, die sicherstellen, dass Ihr eigenes Zertifikat gültig ist."

#: C/mail-encryption.page:5(desc)
msgid "Sending and receiving encrypted mail."
msgstr "Verschlüsselte Nachrichten senden und empfangen"

#: C/mail-encryption.page:34(title)
msgid "Mail encryption and certificates"
msgstr "Mailverschlüsselung und Zertifikate"

#: C/mail-encryption.page:36(p)
msgid "Evolution offers GPG Encryption and S/MIME Encryption for signing and encrypting email messages. S/MIME is used most often in corporate environments."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-encryption.page:39(title)
msgid "GPG"
msgstr "GPG"

#: C/mail-encryption.page:43(title)
msgid "S/MIME"
msgstr "S/MIME"

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:5(desc)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:5(desc)
msgid "Signing or encrypting messages via GPG that you send."
msgstr "Zu versendende Nachrichten mit GPG signieren oder verschlüsseln."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:25(p)
msgid "After you have <link xref=\"mail-encryption-gpg-set-up\">set up your GPG key</link>, you can sign or encrypt a message by clicking <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>PGP Sign</gui></guiseq> or <gui>PGP Encrypt</gui> from the message composer menu."
msgstr "Nachdem Sie <link xref=\"mail-encryption-gpg-set-up\">Ihr Zertifikat hinzugefügt</link> haben, können Sie eine Nachricht signieren oder verschlüsseln, indem Sie in der Menüleiste des E-Mail-Editors auf <guiseq><gui>Optionen</gui><gui>Mit PGP signieren</gui></guiseq> oder auf <gui>mit PGP verschlüsseln</gui> klicken."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:34(p)
msgid "Select <gui>Always sign outgoing messages when using this account</gui>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie <gui>Aus diesem Konto ausgehende Nachrichten immer signieren</gui>."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:36(p)
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:36(p)
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Schließen</gui>."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:5(desc)
msgid "Setting up GPG for your mail account to sign and/or encrypt and decrypt messages."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:23(title)
msgid "Setting up GPG for your mail account"
msgstr "GPG-Verschlüsselung für Ihr E-Mail-Konto einrichten"

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:26(p)
msgid "You need a GPG key to do this. If you do not have one yet, please refer to <link xref=\"mail-encryption-gpg-create-key\">Creating a GPG key</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:30(p)
msgid "Select the account you want to use securely, then click <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie das Konto aus, das Sie sicher verwenden wollen, und klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Bearbeiten</gui>."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:32(p)
msgid "Specify your key ID in the <gui>PGP/GPG Key ID</gui> field."
msgstr "Geben Sie Ihre Schlüsselkennung im Feld <gui>PGP/GPG-Schlüsselkennung</gui> ein."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:33(p)
msgid "Below the field you can choose whether to always sign outgoing messages when using this account, and other options."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:38(p)
msgid "Evolution requires that you know your key ID. If you do not remember it, you can find it by typing <code>gpg --list-keys</code> in a terminal window. Your key ID is an eight-character string with random numbers and letters."
msgstr "Evolution benötigt hier Ihre Schlüsselkennung. Falls Sie diese nicht kennen, so können Sie diese herausfinden, indem Sie den Befehl <command>gpg --list-keys</command> in einem Terminal-Fenster eingeben. Ihre Schlüsselkennung besteht aus zufälligen Buchstaben und Zahlen mit insgesamt 8 Stellen."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:5(desc)
msgid "Getting and Using GPG Public Keys."
msgstr "Erhalten und Nutzen öffentlicher GPG-Schlüssel"

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:23(title)
msgid "Getting and using GPG public keys"
msgstr "Erhalten und Nutzen öffentlicher GPG-Schlüssel."

#. TODO:POST-3-2: Update and rewrite using Seahorse. Needs a complete rewrite once https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=508744 is fixed.
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:26(p)
msgid "To send an encrypted message, you need to use the recipient's public key in combination with your private key. Evolution handles the encryption, but you need to get the public key and add it to your keyring."
msgstr "Um eine verschlüsselte Nachricht zu verschicken benötigen Sie den öffentlichen Schlüssel des Empfänger in Kombination mit Ihrem eigenen privaten Schlüssel. Evolution handhabt die Verschlüsselung, aber Sie müssen selbst den öffentlichen Schlüssel des Empfängers abrufen und diesen zu Ihrem Schlüsselring hinzufügen."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:28(p)
msgid "To get public keys from a public key server, enter the command <code>gpg --recv-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net keyid</code>, substituting <code>keyid</code> by your recipient's ID. You need to enter your password, and the ID is automatically added to your keyring."
msgstr "Um öffentliche Schlüssel von einem öffentlichen Schlüssel-Server zu holen, geben Sie den Befehl <code>gpg --recv-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net keyid</code> ein und ersetzen Sie <code>keyid</code> durch die Schlüsselkennung (ID) des Empfängers. Geben Sie auf Nachfrage Ihr Passwort ein, und die Kennung wird automatisch zu Ihrem Schlüsselbund hinzugefügt."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:30(p)
msgid "If someone sends you a public key directly, save it as a plain text file and enter the command <code>gpg --import</code> to add it to your keyring."
msgstr "Falls Ihnen jemand einen öffentlichen Schlüssel direkt zuschickt, speichern Sie diesen als Textdatei und geben Sie den Befehl <code>gpg --import</code> ein, um den Schlüssel zu Ihrem Schlüsselbund hinzuzufügen."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:5(desc)
msgid "Decrypting and checking the signature of received GPG messages."
msgstr "Empfangene GPG-Nachrichten entschlüsseln und die Signatur prüfen."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:23(title)
msgid "Receiving messages encrypted or signed via GPG"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:26(title)
msgid "Decrypting a received message"
msgstr "Eine empfangene Nachricht entschlüsseln"

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:27(p)
msgid "If you receive an encrypted message, you need to decrypt it before you can read it."
msgstr "Wenn Sie eine verschlüsselte Nachricht erhalten, so müssen Sie diese entschlüsseln bevor Sie sie lesen können."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:28(p)
msgid "When you view the message, Evolution prompts you for your PGP password. Enter it, and the unencrypted message is displayed."
msgstr "Wenn Sie die verschlüsselte Nachricht betrachten, fragt Sie Evolution nach Ihrem PGP-Passwort. Nach Eingabe wird die unverschlüsselte Nachricht angezeigt."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:29(p)
msgid "Senders must have your GPG public key before they can send you an encrypted message."
msgstr "Der Absender benötigt Ihren öffentlichen GPG-Schlüssel, bevor er Ihnen eine verschlüsselte Nachricht schicken kann."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:33(title)
msgid "Checking the signature of a received message"
msgstr "Die Signatur einer empfangenen Nachricht überprüfen"

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:34(p)
msgid "To check the sender's signature of a received message, scroll down to the bottom of the message and click the logo. Evolution will display <gui>Security Information</gui> for the message."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:23(title)
msgid "Creating a GPG key"
msgstr "Einen GPG-Schlüssel erstellen"

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:25(p)
msgid "These steps are very technical. For average users we nowadays recommend using the Seahorse application for managing GPG keys."
msgstr ""

#. TODO:POST-3-2: Update and rewrite using Seahorse. Needs a complete rewrite once https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=508744 is fixed.
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:28(p)
msgid "Before you can get or send GPG encrypted mail, you need to generate your public and private keys with GPG."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:30(p)
msgid "Open a terminal window and enter <code>gpg --gen-key</code>."
msgstr "Öffnen Sie ein Terminalfenster und geben Sie <code>gpg --gen-key</code> ein."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:31(p)
msgid "Select an algorithm, then press Enter."
msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Algorithmus und drücken Sie die Eingabetaste."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:32(p)
msgid "Select a key length, then press Enter."
msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Schlüssellänge und drücken Sie die <key>Eingabetaste</key>."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:33(p)
msgid "Enter how long your key should be valid for."
msgstr "Geben Sie ein, wie lang Ihr Schlüssel gültig sein soll."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:34(p)
msgid "Type your real name, then press Enter."
msgstr "Geben Sie Ihren vollen Namen ein und drücken Sie die Eingabetaste."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:35(p)
msgid "Type your email address, then press Enter."
msgstr "Geben Sie Ihre E-Mail-Adresse ein und drücken Sie die Eingabetaste."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:36(p)
msgid "(Optional) Type a comment, then press Enter."
msgstr "(Optional) Geben Sie einen Kommentar ein und drücken Sie die Eingabetaste."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:37(p)
msgid "Review your selected user ID. If it is correct, press O."
msgstr "Prüfen Sie die ausgewählte Benutzerkennung. Falls diese korrekt ist, so drücken Sie O."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:38(p)
msgid "Type a passphrase, then press Enter."
msgstr "Geben Sie ein Passwort ein und drücken Sie die Eingabetaste"

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:39(p)
msgid "Move your mouse randomly to generate the keys."
msgstr "Bewegen Sie Ihre Maus zufällig, um die Schlüssel zu erstellen."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:42(p)
msgid "After the keys are generated, you can view your key information by entering <code>gpg --list-keys</code>. You should see something similar to this: <code> /home/you/.gnupg/pubring.gpg ----------------------------  pub 1024D/32j38dk2 2001-06-20 you &lt;you@example.com&gt;  sub 1024g/289sklj3 2011-06-20 [expires: 2012-11-14]</code>"
msgstr "Nachdem Ihre Schlüssel erstellt wurden, können Sie Ihre Schlüsselinformationen betrachten, indem Sie <code>gpg --list-keys</code> eingeben. Sie sollten etwas ähnliches wie dieses erhalten: <code> /home/you/.gnupg/pubring.gpg ----------------------------  pub 1024D/32j38dk2 2001-06-20 you &lt;you@example.com&gt;  sub 1024g/289sklj3 2001-06-20 [expires: 2002-11-14]  </code>"

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:43(p)
msgid "GPG creates one list, or keyring, for your public keys and one for your private keys. All the public keys you know are stored in the file <file>~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg</file>. If you want to give other people your key, send them that file."
msgstr "GPG erstellt nun eine Liste, Schlüsselbund genannt, für Ihre öffentlichen Schlüssel und eine für Ihre geheimen Schlüssel. Alle Ihnen bekannten öffentlichen Schlüssel werden in der Datei <file>~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg</file> gespeichert. Wenn Sie anderen Ihren Schlüssel geben möchten, so senden Sie ihnen diese Datei."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:44(p)
msgid "If you want, you can upload your keys to a key server:"
msgstr "Falls Sie möchten, können Sie Ihre Schlüssel auf einen Schlüssel-Server hochladen:"

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:46(p)
msgid "Check your public key ID with <code>gpg --list-keys</code>. It is the string after <code>1024D</code> on the line beginning with <code>pub</code>. In the example above, it is <code>32j38dk2</code>."
msgstr "Prüfen Sie die Kennung Ihres öffentlichen Schlüssels mit <code>gpg --list-keys</code>. Es handelt sich um den Text nach <code>1024D</code> in der Zeile, welche mit <code>pub</code> beginnt. Im obigen Beispiel lautet die Kennung Ihres öffentlichen Schlüssels <code>32j38dk2</code>."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:47(p)
msgid "Enter the command <code>gpg --send-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net 32j38dk2</code>. Substitute your key ID for <code>32j38dk2</code>. You need your password to do this."
msgstr "Geben Sie den Befehl <code>gpg --send-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net 32j38dk2</code> ein. Sie benötigen Ihr Passwort, um diesen Befehl auszuführen."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:50(p)
msgid "Key servers store your public keys for you so that your friends can decrypt your messages. If you choose not to use a key server, you can manually send your public key, include it in your signature file, or put it on your own Web page. However, it is easier to publish a key once, and then let people download it from a central place when they want."
msgstr "Schlüssel-Server speichern Ihre öffentlichen Schlüssel, so dass Ihre Freunde Ihre Nachrichten entschlüsseln können. Wenn Sie sich dazu entscheiden, keinen Schlüssel-Server zu benutzen, so können Sie Ihren öffentlichen Schlüssel per Hand verschicken, in Ihre Signatur einbauen, oder auf Ihrer Internetseite veröffentlichen. Es ist allerdings einfacher, einen Schlüssel einmal zu veröffentlichen, so dass Menschen ihn von einem zentralen Ort herunterladen können."

#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:51(p)
msgid "If you don't have a key to unlock or encrypt a message, you can set your encryption tool to look it up automatically. If it cannot find the key, an error message appears."
msgstr "Falls Sie keinen Schlüssel zum Verschlüsseln oder Entschlüsseln einer Nachricht besitzen, so können Sie Ihr Verschlüsselungsprogramm so einstellen, dass dieser Schlüssel automatisch gesucht wird. Falls kein Schlüssel gefunden werden kann, wird eine Fehlermeldung angezeigt."

#: C/mail-duplicates.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to handle duplicated email messages"
msgstr "Mit doppelten E-Mail-Nachrichten umgehen"

#: C/mail-duplicates.page:24(title)
msgid "Duplicate emails get downloaded"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-duplicates.page:27(title)
msgid "Removing duplicate emails"
msgstr "Doppelte Nachrichten entfernen"

#: C/mail-duplicates.page:28(p)
msgid "To remove duplicate emails in a folder, select multiple messages (or select all messages in a folder by clicking <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Select All</gui></guiseq> or pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>) and click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Remove Duplicate Messages</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-duplicates.page:33(title)
msgid "Reasons"
msgstr "Gründe"

#: C/mail-duplicates.page:34(p)
msgid "Downloading duplicate emails may be due to one of the following reasons:"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-duplicates.page:36(p)
msgid "There are several copies of the same message in the mailbox"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-duplicates.page:37(p)
msgid "Evolution is having a problem with the UIDL extension."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-duplicates.page:38(p)
msgid "The cache files located at <file>$HOME/.local/share/evolution/mail/pop/</file> are not writable."
msgstr "Die Zwischenspeicherdateien in <file>$HOME/.local/share/evolution/mail/pop/</file> sind schreibgeschützt."

#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:5(desc)
msgid "Display a picture of the sender in the message header area."
msgstr "Ein Foto des Absenders in der Nachrichtenvorschau anzeigen."

#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:23(title)
msgid "Photograph Message Headers"
msgstr "Fotos in Nachrichtenkopfzeilen"

#. TODO: Check and describe whether this requires enabling <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Plugins</gui><gui>Face</gui></guiseq>!
#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:27(p)
msgid "The photograph of the sender of an email can be shown at the right side of the message preview if the sender is in one of your address books and has a photograph."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:29(p)
msgid "To enable this functionality, select <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>Headers</gui><gui>Show the photograph of sender in the message preview</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Einstellungen</gui><gui>E-Mail-Einstellungen</gui><gui>Kopfzeilen</gui><gui>Foto des Absenders in der Nachrichtenvorschau anzeigen</gui></guiseq> aus."

#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:31(p)
msgid "By default only local address books are used for searching the photograph as accessing remote address books can cause delays. You can disable this by deselecting the option <gui>Search for sender photograph only in local address books</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:33(p)
msgid "If there are multiple matches for a contact, the first one is always used."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-no-css.page:5(desc)
msgid "When a received message looks weird or is hard to read."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-no-css.page:21(title)
msgid "HTML emails are not correctly displayed"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-no-css.page:23(p)
msgid "If an HTML message is not correctly displayed in Evolution it might be that the formatting of the message is specified as <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cascading_Style_Sheets\">CSS</link>. CSS is currently not supported by gtkhtml (the part that is used to display HTML)."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-no-css.page:24(p)
msgid "This will likely be fixed in version 3.4."
msgstr "Dies wird wahrscheinlich in Version 3.4 korrigiert."

#: C/mail-displaying-no-css.page:25(p)
msgid "For developers only: In future versions, Evolution will use WebKit instead of gtkhtml for displaying HTML. There is a branch named \"<link href=\"http://git.gnome.org/browse/evolution?h=webkit\">webkit</link>\" in Evolution's code repository to test."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-no-css.page:27(p)
msgid "For missing characters in emails, see <link xref=\"mail-displaying-character-encodings\">Character Encodings and Sets</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:5(desc)
msgid "Rendering an email and handling its attachments."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:20(title)
msgid "Display of a message"
msgstr "Nachrichtenanzeige"

#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:5(desc)
msgid "On embedded pictures in received HTML messages."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:28(title)
msgid "Images in HTML messages"
msgstr "Bilder in HTML-Nachrichten"

#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:30(p)
msgid "When someone sends you HTML mail that includes an image in the body of the message (for example, the welcome message in your Inbox), Evolution displays the image inside the message."
msgstr "Wenn Ihnen jemand eine in HTML formatierte E-Mail schickt, die ein Bild in der Nachricht enthält (zum Beispiel die Willkommens-Nachricht in Ihrem Eingangsordner), so stellt Evolution das Bild in der Nachricht dar."

#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:33(title)
msgid "Loading images"
msgstr "Bilder laden"

#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:34(p)
msgid "Some images are links in a message, rather than being part of the message. Evolution can download those images from the Internet, but does not do so unless you request it. This is because remotely hosted images can be slow to load and display, and can even be used by spammers to track who reads the email. Not automatically loading images helps protect your privacy."
msgstr "Einige Bilder sind Verweise in einer Nachricht und nicht Teil der Nachricht selbst. Evolution kann diese Bilder aus dem Internet herunterladen, tut dies aber nicht ohne Ihren Willen. Dies geschieht, da das Herunterladen von Bildern langsam sein kann, und da diese Funktion von Spammern genutzt werden kann, um zu erfahren, dass die E-Mail geöffnet und gelesen wurde, und Ihre E-Mail-Adresse existiert. Das nicht-automatische Laden von Bildern hilft Ihnen, Ihre Privatsphäre zu schützen."

#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:36(p)
msgid "To load the images for one message, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Load Images</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>I</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:38(p)
msgid "To set the default action for loading images, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>HTML Messages</gui><gui>Loading Images</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:42(title)
msgid "Automatically download images in emails from people you know"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:44(p)
msgid "You can download images from emails sent by your contacts. To do this, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>HTML Messages</gui><gui>Loading Images</gui></guiseq>. Enable the <gui>Load images only in messages from contacts</gui> option."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:46(p)
msgid "Next, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Contacts</gui><gui>Autocompletion</gui></guiseq>. Enable autocompletion by ticking the <gui>Always show address of the autocompleted contact</gui> checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:50(title)
msgid "Saving images"
msgstr "Bilder speichern"

#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:51(p)
msgid "To save an image that is embedded in an HTML email, right-click on the image and click <gui>Save Image...</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:27(None)
msgid "@@image: './figures/plus-icon.png'; md5=57bf83c4ab8585c30897a6cf89c5949c"
msgstr "lokalisiert - verwendet original"

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:29(None)
msgid "@@image: './figures/minus-icon.png'; md5=7cef9df0f691c8d6ce67cad29ebceac9"
msgstr "lokalisiert - verwendet original"

#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:5(desc)
msgid "Display less email recipients of a specific message."
msgstr "Weniger Empfänger einer bestimmten Nachricht anzeigen."

#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:23(title)
msgid "Collapsible Message Headers"
msgstr "Empfängerkopfzeilen verkleinern"

#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:25(p)
msgid "Evolution compresses the To, Cc and Bcc headers of received mail and shows only five addresses in the message preview."
msgstr "Evolution kann die An-, Kopie- und Blindkopie-Kopfzeilen erhaltener E-Mails verkleinern, indem nur eine bestimmte Anzahl von Adressen in der Nachrichtenvorschau angezeigt wird."

#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:27(p)
msgid "To see all recipients, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/plus-icon.png\"/> icon next to the <gui>To:</gui> or <gui>Cc:</gui> line, or click the ellipsis (...) at the end of the five displayed addresses."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:29(p)
msgid "To collapse all of the message headers and just display the subject and sender in one line, click the icon <media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/minus-icon.png\"/> next to the <gui>From:</gui> line. This is helpful on small screens."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:5(desc)
msgid "When characters in an email are not shown correctly or missing."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:20(title)
msgid "Character Encodings and Sets"
msgstr "Zeichenkodierungen und Zeichensätze"

#. TODO: Recheck once https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=655021 is fixed
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:24(p)
msgid "If the email program of the sender is broken or misconfigured, plain text emails might not include information about the character encoding used. If you receive such messages, choose <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Character Encoding</gui></guiseq> from the main menu and change the currently chosen character encoding to an appropriate one that might be the encoding used by the sender. You have to make this change every time you view the message."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:25(p)
msgid "To constantly change this setting, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>General</gui><gui>Message Display</gui><gui>Default character encoding</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:5(desc)
msgid "Deleting, expunging, and undeleting mail."
msgstr "So löschen und säubern Sie E-Mails und stellen diese wieder her."

#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:25(title)
msgid "Deleting and undeleting messages"
msgstr "Nachrichten löschen und gelöschte Nachrichten wiederherstellen"

#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:28(title)
msgid "Deleting Messages"
msgstr "Nachrichten löschen"

#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:30(p)
msgid "To delete a message, select it and press the <key>Delete</key> key, or click the <gui style=\"button\">Delete</gui> button in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq>, or right-click the message and click <gui>Delete</gui>."
msgstr "Um eine Nachricht zu löschen, wählen Sie diese aus und drücken Sie die <key>Entf</key>-Taste, oder klicken Sie auf den <gui style=\"button\">Löschen</gui>-Knopf in der Werkzeugleiste, oder drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>D</key></keyseq>, oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Nachricht und wählen Sie dann <gui>Löschen</gui> aus."

#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:32(p)
msgid "When you press Delete or click the Trash folder, your mail is not actually deleted, but is marked for deletion. You can see all message marked for deletion in the Trash folder. To show deleted messages, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Deleted Messages</gui></guiseq>. You can view the messages striken off for later deletion."
msgstr "Wenn Sie auf Löschen drücken oder auf den Müllordner klicken, so wird Ihre E-Mail nicht tatsächlich gelöscht, sondern nur zum Löschen markiert. Sie finden alle als gelöscht markierten E-Mails im Müllordner. Um als zum Löschen markierte Nachrichten anzuzeigen, wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Gelöschte Nachrichten anzeigen</gui></guiseq>. Nun werden E-Mails, die als gelöscht markiert sind, in der E-Mail-Liste als durchgestrichen dargestellt. "

#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:34(p)
msgid "To permanently erase all the deleted messages in a folder, click <guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Expunge</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>."
msgstr "Um die in einem Ordner als gelöscht markierten Nachrichten endgültig zu löschen, wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Ordner</gui><gui>Säubern</gui></guiseq> in der Menüleiste oder drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>E</key></keyseq>."

#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:38(title)
msgid "Undeleting Messages"
msgstr "Gelöschte Nachrichten wiederherstellen"

#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:40(p)
msgid "You can undelete a message that has been deleted but not expunged yet. To undelete a message, select the message, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Undelete message</gui></guiseq>. Note that <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Deleted Messages</gui></guiseq> must be enabled for this."
msgstr "Sie können das Löschen einer Nachricht rückgängig machen, wenn der Ordner noch nicht gesäubert wurde. Um das Löschen rückgängig zu machen, wählen Sie die Nachricht aus, und klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Löschen der Nachricht rückgängig</gui></guiseq> in der Menüleiste. Gegebenenfalls müssen Sie zuerst in der Menüleiste die Einstellung <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Gelöschte Nachrichten anzeigen</gui></guiseq> einschalten."

#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:42(p)
msgid "If you have marked a message for deletion, undeleting it unmarks it, and the message is not shown anymore in the Trash folder."
msgstr "Wenn eine Nachricht als gelöscht markiert ist, so entfernt das Rückgängig-Machen diese Markierung, und die Nachricht wird nicht mehr im Müllordner angezeigt."

#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:5(desc)
msgid "Changing the location of the Draft folder and Sent folder."
msgstr "Den Ort für die Ordner »Entwürfe« und »Verschickt« ändern."

#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:32(title)
msgid "Mail folder locations"
msgstr "Orte der E-Mail-Ordner"

#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:34(p)
msgid "You can set a different place where to store messages in your Draft folder and Sent folder in the <gui>Defaults</gui> section of the mail account editor (<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui></guiseq>)."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:35(p)
msgid "For remote account types (accounts such as IMAP) you can also set a Trash folder and Junk folder on the mail server so Evolution's local virtual folders will not be used for it, but folders on the mail server."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:5(desc)
msgid "Make somebody always receive copies of your sent mail."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:32(title)
msgid "Default CC and BCC"
msgstr "Vorgaben für Kopien und Blindkopien"

#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:34(p)
msgid "You can set email addresses that should always receive copies of your sent mail (either as CC visible for all recipients, or BCC not visible for other recipients) in the <gui>Defaults</gui> section of the mail account editor (<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui></guiseq>)."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:5(desc)
msgid "Writing a new email to send to a recipient."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:23(title)
msgid "Composing a new message"
msgstr "Eine neue E-Mail-Nachricht verfassen"

#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:25(p)
msgid "You can start writing a new email message by clicking <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Mail Message</gui></guiseq>, by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq>, or by clicking <gui>New</gui> in the toolbar."
msgstr "Sie können eine neue E-Mail-Nachricht schreiben, indem Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Neu</gui><gui>E-Mail-Nachricht</gui></guiseq> klicken, <keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>M</key></keyseq> drücken oder auf den Knopf <gui>Neu</gui> in der Werkzeugleiste klicken."

#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:27(p)
msgid "Enter an email address in the <gui>To:</gui> field. If you want to enter multiple addresses, separate them by commas. See <link xref=\"mail-composer-several-recipients\"/> for more information on sending messages to more than one person."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:29(p)
msgid "After you have written your message, click <gui>Send</gui> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Return</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:5(desc)
msgid "On spell checking your mail in the composer."
msgstr "Über die Rechtschreibprüfung im E-Mail-Editor"

#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:20(title)
msgid "Spell checking"
msgstr "Rechtschreibprüfung"

#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:25(title)
msgid "Prerequirements"
msgstr "Voraussetzungen"

#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:26(p)
msgid "To use spell checking for the emails that you write you first need to make sure that the <em>hunspell</em> package for your specific language and the <em>enchant</em> package are installed via the software management tool of your distribution."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:27(link)
msgid "Install hunspell now."
msgstr "Hunspell jetzt installieren."

#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:28(link)
msgid "Install enchant now."
msgstr "Enchant jetzt installieren."

#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:32(title)
msgid "Global Preferences"
msgstr "Globale Einstellungen"

#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:34(p)
msgid "Under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</gui><gui>Spell Checking</gui><gui>Options</gui></guiseq> you can define whether your spelling is checked while you type and which color is used for underlining words that are misspelled."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:36(p)
msgid "You can also define which installed languages are used for spell checking in the list available under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</gui><gui>Spell Checking</gui><gui>Languages</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:40(title)
msgid "Manual spell checking in the composer"
msgstr "Manuelle Rechtschreibprüfung im E-Mail-Editor"

#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:41(p)
msgid "If you do not have <gui>Checking spelling while I type</gui> enabled in the <link xref=\"#global-preferences\">Composer Preferences</link> you can run a spell check in the email composer by clicking <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Spell Checking</gui></guiseq> or by pressing <key>F7</key>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:5(desc)
msgid "Sending to more than one person and using CC or BCC."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:26(title)
msgid "Sending a message to several recipients"
msgstr "Eine Nachricht an verschiedene Empfänger senden"

#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:28(p)
msgid "To send a message to more than one person, enter the addresses in the composer by separating them with commas or semicolons."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:30(p)
msgid "If you frequently write email to the same groups of people, you can create <link xref=\"contacts-using-contact-lists\">contact lists</link> to send them mail as though they have a single address."
msgstr "Falls Sie oftmals E-Mails an die selbe Gruppe von Personen schreiben, können Sie eine <link xref=\"contacts-using-contact-lists\">Kontaktliste</link> im Adressbuch erstellen und danach E-Mails verschicken, als handele es sich um eine einzelne Adresse."

#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:33(title)
msgid "Recipient types"
msgstr "Empfängertypen"

#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:34(p)
msgid "Email messages can have three different types of recipients. The simplest way is to put the email address or addresses in the <gui>To:</gui> text field. The <gui>Cc:</gui> text field is used for recipients that are meant to receive a copy of your message but are not the primary recipients."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:36(p)
msgid "Addresses in the <gui>Bcc:</gui> text field are hidden from the other recipients of the message. It can be used to send mail to large groups of people, especially if they do not know each other or if privacy is a concern. If the <gui>Bcc:</gui> text field is not shown, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Bcc Field</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Adressen im <gui>Blindkopie</gui>-Feld können von anderen Empfängern der Nachricht nicht gesehen werden. Sie können dieses Feld nutzen, wenn Sie eine E-Mail an eine große Anzahl an Personen schicken, besonders, falls die Empfänger sich nicht untereinander kennen oder falls Datenschutzbedenken existieren. Falls das <gui>Blindkopie</gui>-Feld nicht angezeigt wird, wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Blindkopie-Feld</gui></guiseq> in der Menüleiste."

#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:40(title)
msgid "Autocompletion"
msgstr "Auto-Vervollständigung"

#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:41(p)
msgid "It is recommended to use the <link xref=\"contacts-autocompletion\">Autocompletion</link> feature of the Evolution address book for entering addresses. By using this you avoid typos and save time."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:45(title)
msgid "Using the buttons"
msgstr "Die Knöpfe verwenden"

#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:47(p)
msgid "Instead of typing the recipients' names you can also click the <gui style=\"button\">To:</gui>, <gui style=\"button\">Cc:</gui>, or <gui style=\"button\">Bcc:</gui> buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your address books. Select the addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into the appropriate address columns (To:, Cc:, Bcc:)."
msgstr "Anstatt die Empfängernamen einzugeben, klicken Sie auf die Knöpfe <gui style=\"button\">An:</gui>, <gui style=\"button\">Kopie an:</gui> oder <gui style=\"button\">Blindkopie an:</gui>, um eine Liste der E-Mail-Adressen Ihrers Adressbuchs zu erhalten. Wählen Sie die gewünschten Adressen aus und verwenden Sie die Pfeile, um die Adressen den gewünschten Feldern hinzuzufügen."

#: C/mail-composer-search.page:5(desc)
msgid "Searching for text in the mail composer."
msgstr "Im E-Mail-Editor nach Text suchen."

#: C/mail-composer-search.page:21(title)
msgid "Searching in the mail composer"
msgstr "Suchen im E-Mail-Editor"

#: C/mail-composer-search.page:23(p)
msgid "Under the <gui>Edit</gui> menu in the message composer there are several text searching features available."
msgstr "Der E-Mail-Editor enthält im Menü <gui>Bearbeiten</gui> verschiedene Möglichkeiten zur Textsuche."

#: C/mail-composer-search.page:26(p)
msgid "<gui>Find</gui>:"
msgstr "<gui>Suchen</gui>:"

#: C/mail-composer-search.page:27(p)
msgid "Enter a word or phrase, and Evolution finds it in your message."
msgstr "Geben Sie ein Wort oder mehrere Wörter ein, und Evolution sucht in Ihrer Nachricht danach."

#: C/mail-composer-search.page:30(p)
msgid "<gui>Find Again</gui>:"
msgstr "<gui>Weitersuchen</gui>:"

#: C/mail-composer-search.page:31(p)
msgid "Select this item to repeat the last search you performed."
msgstr "Wählen Sie dies, um die letzte Suche fortzusetzen."

#: C/mail-composer-search.page:34(p)
msgid "<gui>Replace</gui>:"
msgstr "<gui>Ersetzen</gui>:"

#: C/mail-composer-search.page:35(p)
msgid "Find a word or phrase, and replace it with something else."
msgstr "Nach einem oder mehreren Wörtern suchen und diese mit etwas anderem ersetzen."

#: C/mail-composer-search.page:39(p)
msgid "For all of these menu items you can choose whether to search backwards in the document from the point where your cursor is. You can also determine whether the search is to be case sensitive in determining a match"
msgstr "Für alle diese Möglichkeiten können Sie wählen, ob rückwärts ab der Stelle gesucht werden soll, an der sich die Eingabemarke befindet. Sie können auch auswählen, ob Groß- und Kleinschreibung bei der Suche beachtet werden soll."

#: C/mail-composer-search.page:40(p)
msgid "If you have a technical background you can also select the option to use <link href=\"https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/Regular_expression\">Regular expressions</link> for searching."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:5(desc)
msgid "Answering a received email."
msgstr "Eine empfangene Nachricht beantworten"

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:23(title)
msgid "Replying to a message"
msgstr "Eine Nachricht beantworten"

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:26(title)
msgid "Replying to Email Messages"
msgstr "Auf E-Mail-Nachrichten antworten"

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:27(p)
msgid "To reply to a message, select the message to reply to in the message list and click the Reply button in the toolbar, or right-click within the message and select Reply to Sender. This opens the message composer. The <gui>To:</gui> and <gui>Subject:</gui> fields are already filled, although you can alter them if you prefer. In addition, the full text of the old message is inserted into the new message, either in grey with a blue line on one side (for HTML display) or with the &gt; character before each line (in plain text mode), to indicate that it is part of the previous message."
msgstr "Um auf eine Nachricht zu antworten, wählen Sie die Nachricht in der E-Mail-Liste aus und klicken Sie auf den Antwort-Knopf in der Werkzeugleiste, oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Nachricht und wählen Sie »Antwort an Absender«. Das <gui>An:</gui>-Feld und die <gui>Betreffzeile</gui> sind bereits ausgefüllt, können aber nach Bedarf geändert werden. Zusätzlich wird der gesamte Text der zu beantwortenden Nachricht in die neue Nachricht eingefügt. Dies geschieht entweder in grauer Schrift mit einer blauen seitlichen Linie (bei HTML-Darstellung) oder mit einem »&gt;«-Zeichen vor jeder Reihe (im Textmodus), um anzudeuten, dass es sich um einen Teil der vorherigen Nachricht handelt."

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:28(p)
msgid "If you are reading a message with several recipients, you can use <gui>Reply to All</gui> instead of <gui>Reply</gui>. If there are large numbers of people in the <gui>Cc:</gui> or <gui>To:</gui> fields, this can save substantial amounts of time."
msgstr "Falls Sie eine Nachricht mit mehreren Empfängern beantworten möchten, so wählen Sie <gui>Antwort an Alle</gui> anstelle von <gui>Antwort</gui>. Dies spart Zeit, falls es sich um eine große Anzahl an Personen im <gui>An:</gui>- oder <gui>Kopie:</gui>-Feld handelt."

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:32(title)
msgid "Using the Reply To All Feature"
msgstr "Antwort an Alle"

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:33(p)
msgid "Susan sends an email to a client and sends copies to Tim and to an internal company mailing list of co-workers. If Tim wants to make a comment for all of them to read, he uses <gui>Reply to All</gui>, but if he just wants to tell Susan that he agrees with her, he uses <gui>Reply</gui>. His reply does not reach anyone that Susan put on her Bcc list, because that list is not shared with anyone."
msgstr "Margit sendet eine E-Mail an einen Empfänger und schickt Kopien an Lothar und an eine firmeninterne Mailingliste von Mitarbeitern. Wenn nun Lothar einen Kommentar an alle Empfänger schicken will, so benutzt er <gui>Antwort an Alle</gui>, will er jedoch nur Margit schreiben, dass er einverstanden ist, so benutzt er <gui>Antwort</gui>. Seine Antwort wird nicht an Adressen verschickt, die Margit in das Blindkopie-Feld eingetragen hatte, da die Adressen der Blindkopie-Empfänger von keinem der Empfänger gesehen werden können."

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:34(p)
msgid "If you subscribe to a mailing list, and want your reply to go just to the list rather than to the sender, select <gui>Reply to List</gui> instead of <gui>Reply</gui> or <gui>Reply to All</gui>."
msgstr "Falls Sie auf einer Mailingliste angemeldet sind und Ihre Antwort an die Mailingliste und nicht nur an den Absender verschickt werden soll, so wählen Sie <gui>Antwort an Liste</gui> anstelle von <gui>Antwort</gui> oder <gui>Antwort an alle</gui>."

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:38(title)
msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
msgstr "Tastenkombinationen"

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:41(p)
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Aktion"

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:41(p)
msgid "Shortcut keys"
msgstr "Tastenkombinationen"

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:43(p)
msgid "Reply to Sender"
msgstr "Antwort an Absender"

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:43(key)
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:45(key)
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:47(key)
msgid "Ctrl"
msgstr "Ctrl"

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:43(key)
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:47(key)
msgid "R"
msgstr "R"

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:45(p)
msgid "Reply to Mailing List"
msgstr "Antwort an Liste"

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:45(key)
msgid "L"
msgstr "L"

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:47(p)
msgid "Reply to All"
msgstr "Antwort an alle"

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:47(key)
msgid "Shift"
msgstr "Umschalttaste"

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:53(title)
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:40(title)
msgid "Default settings"
msgstr "Vorgabe-Einstellungen"

#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:54(p)
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:41(p)
msgid "The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</gui><gui>General</gui><gui>Replies and Forwards</gui><gui>Forward style</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:5(desc)
msgid "Setting a priority for messages to be sent."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:23(title)
msgid "Prioritizing outgoing messages"
msgstr "Ausgehende Nachrichten priorisieren"

#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:25(p)
msgid "You can prioritize a message to be sent, so that the recipient sees its relative importance. To prioritize a message, click <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Prioritize Message</gui></guiseq> in the composer window."
msgstr "Sie können eine zu sendende Nachricht priorisieren, so dass der Empfänger die relative Wichtigkeit der Nachricht erkennen kann. Um eine Nachricht zu priorisieren, klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Einfügen</gui><gui>Nachricht priorisieren</gui></guiseq> im E-Mail-Editor."

#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:27(p)
msgid "Evolution will ignore the message priority of incoming messages because the recipient should decide whether the message is important or not. You can set the \"Important\" flag for any messages."
msgstr "Evolution ignoriert die Prioritäten von eingehenden Nachrichten, da angenommen wird, dass der Empfänger entscheiden sollte, ob eine Nachricht wichtig ist oder nicht. Jede Nachricht kann als »wichtig« markiert werden."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:5(desc)
msgid "Message templates to reuse in the composer."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:23(title)
msgid "Message Templates"
msgstr "Nachrichtenvorlagen"

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:24(p)
msgid "A message template is a standard message that you can use at any time to send mail with the same pattern."
msgstr "Eine Nachrichtenvorlage ist eine Standardnachricht, welche Sie zum wiederholten Versenden von Nachrichten mit dem selben Muster verwenden können."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:25(p)
msgid "To enable the Message Template Plugin, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Plugins</gui></guiseq> and enable <gui>Templates</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:31(title)
msgid "Creating a Message Template from an existing Message"
msgstr "Eine Nachrichtenvorlage aus einer bestehenden Nachricht erstellen"

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:33(p)
msgid "Select the message."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Nachricht aus."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:34(p)
msgid "Right-click the message and choose <gui>Move to folder</gui> or <gui>Copy to folder</gui>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie <gui>In Ordner verschieben</gui> / <gui>In Ordner kopieren</gui>."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:35(p)
msgid "Select the <gui>Templates</gui> folder under <gui>On This Computer</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:37(p)
msgid "You can also edit an existing message and save it as a template:"
msgstr "Sie können auch eine bestehende Nachricht bearbeiten und diese als Vorlage speichern:"

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:39(p)
msgid "Open the message and click <gui>Reply</gui>."
msgstr "Öffnen Sie die Nachricht und klicken Sie auf <gui>Antworten</gui>."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:40(p)
msgid "Edit the message body or the addresses according to your requirements."
msgstr "Bearbeiten Sie den Inhalt der Nachricht oder die Empfänger nach Ihren Wünschen."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:41(p)
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:52(p)
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save as Template</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:46(title)
msgid "Saving a New Message as a Template"
msgstr "Eine neue Nachricht als Vorlage speichern"

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:49(p)
msgid "Click <gui>New</gui> and enter in the composer window what you need for the template."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:58(title)
msgid "Using a Message Template as a Reply"
msgstr "Eine Nachrichtenvorlage als Antwort verwenden"

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:61(p)
msgid "Right-click the message you are replying to, then click <gui>Templates</gui>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Nachricht, die Sie beantworten, und Ordner, und wählen Sie <gui>Vorlagen</gui>."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:62(p)
msgid "This option lists all the message templates in the <gui>Templates</gui> folder."
msgstr "Dies listet alle Nachrichtenvorlagen im Ordner <gui>Vorlagen</gui> auf."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:65(p)
msgid "Select the message template of your choice. Make changes if required in the email composer window that will open."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die gewünschte Nachrichtenvorlage aus. Nehmen Sie bei Bedarf Änderungen im E-Mail-Editor vor."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:68(p)
msgid "Click <gui>Send</gui>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Abschicken</gui>."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:69(p)
msgid "When you select a message template for replying, the subject of the reply is preserved."
msgstr "Wenn Sie zum Antworten eine Nachrichtenvorlage wählen, dann wird der Betreff in der Antwort beibehalten."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:75(title)
msgid "Configuring Message Templates"
msgstr "Nachrichtenvorlagen einrichten"

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:77(p)
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:46(p)
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Plugins</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Plugins</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:78(p)
msgid "Click <gui>Templates</gui>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Vorlagen</gui>."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:79(p)
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:33(p)
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:48(p)
msgid "Click the <gui>Configuration</gui> tab."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den Reiter <gui>Konfiguration</gui>."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:80(p)
msgid "You can add, edit or remove the key-value pairs. You can specify any number of key-value pairs."
msgstr "Sie können Paare von Schlüsselwörtern und Werten hinzufügen, löschen und bearbeiten. Sie können eine beliebige anzahl von Schlüssel-Wert-Paaren angeben."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:82(p)
msgid "In any template, the occurrence of every $key is replaced by the value it has in the configuration. For example, if you set the key to Manager and the value to Harry, any occurrence of $Manager is replaced by Harry in the message."
msgstr "In jeder Vorlage wird jedes Vorkommen von jedem $key durch den entsprechenden Wert in der Konfiguration ersetzt. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel den Schlüssel auf »Manager« und den Wert auf »Harry« setzen, so wird jedes Auftreten von $Manager durch »Harry« in der Nachricht ersetzt."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:83(p)
msgid "Assume that you have 1000 message templates with your current manager's name in them. When the current manager is replaced by a new one, it is not easy for you to manually replace the manager's name in all the 1000 messages. If the messages have a $Manager key value, you can reset the value in the Configuration tab of this plugin."
msgstr "Angenommen, Sie hätten 1000 Nachrichtenvorlagen mit dem Namen Ihres derzeitigen Vorgesetzten. Wenn Ihr Vorgesetzter durch einen anderen abgelöst wird, ist es nicht einfach für Sie, händisch den Namen des Vorgesetzten in allen 1000 Nachrichten anzupassen. Wenn die Nachrichten einen Schlüsselwert »$Manager« haben, dann können Sie den Wert im Konfigurationsreiter dieses Plugins neu festlegen."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:84(p)
msgid "By default, the entire environment variables are used as a key-value pair. An occurrence of $env_variable is replaced by the value it carries. For example, an occurrence of $PATH in your template is replaced by its value when the template is used."
msgstr "Nach Voreinstellung werden alle Umgebungsvariablen als Schlüssel-Wert-Paare verwendet. Ein Vorkommen von $env_variable wird durch den Wert ersetzt, den sie hat. Zum Beispiel wird ein Vorkommen von $PATH in Ihrer Vorlage durch dessen Wert ersetzt, wenn die Vorlage verwendet wird."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:85(p)
msgid "The replacement process uses the following order of precedence:"
msgstr "Der Ersetzungsvorgang folgt der folgenden Reihenfolge:"

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:88(p)
msgid "$key is replaced by the value set for it in the Configuration tab of the Templates plugin."
msgstr "$key wird durch den Wert ersetzt, der in dem Karteireiter »Konfiguration« des Vorlagen-Plugins festgelegt ist."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:91(p)
msgid "If the key is not found, it is then replaced with the value of its environment variable."
msgstr "Wenn der Schlüssel nicht gefunden wird, dann wird es durch den Wert der zugehörigen Umgebungsvariable ersetzt."

#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:94(p)
msgid "If key is neither a configuration option nor an environment variable, no changes are made."
msgstr "Wenn der Schlüssel weder eine Konfigurationsoption oder eine Umgebungsvariable ist, so werden keine Änderungen umgesetzt."

#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:5(desc)
msgid "Setting a default signature for an email account."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:32(title)
msgid "Default account signature"
msgstr "Voreingestellte Signatur für Konto"

#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:34(p)
msgid "You can define a default <link xref=\"mail-composer-mail-signatures\">signature</link> for each of your mail accounts. This can be edited under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Identity</gui><gui>Optional Information</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:36(p)
msgid "If you have a signature for your account defined but exceptionally do not want to use it for one message, or want to use a different signature, you can change it via the dropdown menu in the right upper corner in the email composer window."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:5(desc)
msgid "Using email signatures at the bottom of a message you send."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:21(title)
msgid "Working with email signatures"
msgstr "Arbeiten mit E-Mail-Signaturen"

#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:23(p)
msgid "A signature consists of one or more lines of text (or even a picture) that will be added at the end of an email that you send. It can contain contact information or other things. A signature always begins with two dashes and a space (<code>-- </code>)."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:24(p)
msgid "The term \"signature\" is also differently used in terms of <link xref=\"mail-encryption\">encryption</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:5(desc)
msgid "Add, change, edit or delete email signatures."
msgstr "Nachrichtensignaturen hinzufügen, ändern, bearbeiten oder löschen."

#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:20(title)
msgid "Managing signatures"
msgstr "Signaturen verwalten"

#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:22(p)
msgid "You can add, edit and delete all your signatures under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer preferences</gui><gui>Signatures</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:23(p)
msgid "Assigning a default signature to an email account has to be done in the <link xref=\"mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account\">account settings</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:5(desc)
msgid "Format Text in the mail composer."
msgstr "Text im E-Mail-Editor formatieren."

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:21(title)
msgid "Formatting Text in HTML"
msgstr "Text in HTML formatieren"

#. TODO: These instructions are partially WRONG in 3.0.2 as the tool bar has been split into two. Needs an update. Maybe we also need a way to describe the non-HTML-only functions for plain text mail somewhere.
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:25(p)
msgid "HTML formatting tools are located in the two tool bars just above the area where you actually write the message. They also appear in the <gui>Insert</gui> and <gui>Format</gui> menus."
msgstr "Werkzeuge zur HTML-Formatierung befinden sich in der Werkzeugleiste unter der Betreffzeile, sowie in den Menüs <gui>Einfügen</gui> und <gui>Format</gui> in der Menüleiste."

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:26(p)
msgid "The icons in the tool bar are explained in tooltips which appear when you hold your mouse pointer over the buttons. The buttons fall into five categories:"
msgstr "Die Symbole in der Werkzeugleiste werden in den Minihilfen erklärt, welche erscheinen, wenn sich der Mauszeiger über den Knöpfen befindet. Die Knöpfe fallen in fünf Kategorien:"

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:29(title)
msgid "Headers and Lists:"
msgstr "Überschriften und Aufzählungen:"

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:30(p)
msgid "At the left of the upper tool bar, you can choose <gui>Normal</gui> for a default text style or <gui>Header 1</gui> through <gui>Header 6</gui> for varying sizes of header from large (1) to tiny (6). Other styles include <gui>Preformat</gui>, to use the HTML tag for preformatted blocks of text, and three types of bullet points for lists."
msgstr "Links in der oberen Werkzeugleiste befindet sich die Auswahlliste für die Textgröße. Daneben können Sie den Textstil auswählen, so zum Beispiel <gui>Normal</gui> für den Vorgabetextstil oder <gui>Überschrift 1</gui> (groß) bis <gui>Überschrift 6</gui> (klein) für verschiedene Größen von Überschriften. Andere Stile sind zum Beispiel <gui>Vorformatiert</gui>, um vorformatierten Text in seiner Form zu belassen, oder drei verschiedene Arten von Aufzählungen für Listen."

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:31(p)
msgid "For instance, instead of using asterisks to mark a bulleted list, you can use the <gui>Bulleted List</gui> style from the style dropdown list. Evolution uses different bullet styles, and handles word wrap and multiple levels of indentation."
msgstr "Anstatt Sternchen für Aufzählungen zu verwenden, können Sie zum Beispiel den Stil <gui>Ungeordnete Liste</gui> aus der Auswahlliste verwenden. Evolution kann verschiedene Aufzählungszeichen benutzen, Zeilenumbrüche handhaben und beherrscht mehrere Ebenen der Aufzählung."

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:35(title)
msgid "Alignment:"
msgstr "Ausrichtung:"

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:36(p)
msgid "Located next to the Headers and Lists dropdown, the three paragraph icons should be familiar to users of most word processing software. The left-most button aligns your text to the left, the center button centers text, and the right button aligns the text to the right."
msgstr "Neben den Textstil-Knöpfen befinden sich drei Ausrichtungssymbole, die Ihnen vielleicht bereits von Programmen zur Textverarbeitung bekannt sind. Der Knopf ganz links richtet Absätze linksbündig aus, der mittlere Knopf zentriert Absätze und der Knopf rechts richtet Absätze rechtsbündig aus."

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:40(title)
msgid "Indentation Rules:"
msgstr "Einzug:"

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:41(p)
msgid "The button with the arrow pointing left decreases a paragraph's indentation, and the right arrow increases its indentation."
msgstr "Der Knopf mit dem nach links zeigenden Pfeil erhöht den Einzug der Absätze, und der Knopf mit dem nach rechts zeigenden Pfeil vermindert den Einzug der Absätze."

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:45(title)
msgid "Text Styles:"
msgstr "Textstile:"

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:46(p)
msgid "Use these buttons in the lower tool bar to determine the way your email looks. If you have text selected, the style applies to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, the style applies to whatever you type next."
msgstr "Verwenden Sie diese Knöpfe in der unteren Werkzeugleiste um festzulegen, wie Ihre E-Mail aussehen soll. Wenn Sie Text ausgewählt haben, so wird der Stil auf den gewählten Text angewendet. Falls kein Text ausgewählt ist, so wird der Stil auf das angewendet, was Sie als nächstes schreiben."

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:50(p)
msgid "Button"
msgstr "Knopf"

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:51(p)
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beschreibung"

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:54(p)
msgid "TT"
msgstr "TT"

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:55(p)
msgid "Typewriter text, which is similar to a monospace font."
msgstr "Schreibmaschinentext, ähnlich zur dicktengleichen Schrift."

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:58(p)
msgid "Bold A"
msgstr "Dickes A"

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:59(p)
msgid "Bolds the text."
msgstr "Formatierter Text als fett."

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:62(p)
msgid "Italic A"
msgstr "Kursives A"

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:63(p)
msgid "Italicizes the text."
msgstr "Formatiert den Text als kursiv."

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:66(p)
msgid "Underlined A"
msgstr "Unterstrichenes A"

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:67(p)
msgid "Underlines the text."
msgstr "Unterstreicht Text."

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:70(p)
msgid "Strike through A"
msgstr "Durchgestrichenes A"

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:71(p)
msgid "Marks a line through the text."
msgstr "Streicht Text durch."

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:77(title)
msgid "Color Selection:"
msgstr "Farbauswahl:"

#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:78(p)
msgid "At the left in the lower tool bar is the color section tool, where a box displays the current text color. To choose a new color, click the arrow button to the right. If you have text selected, the color applies to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, the color applies to whatever you type next. You can select a background color or image by right-clicking the message background, then selecting <guiseq><gui>Style</gui><gui>Page Style</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Links in der unteren Werkzeugleiste befindet sich die Farbauswahl, wobei die Box die momentane Textfarbe darstellt. Um eine andere Farbe zu wählen, klicken Sie auf den nach unten zeigenden Pfeil rechts neben der Box. Falls Sie Text markiert haben, so wird die neu gewählte Farbe auf den markierten Text angewendet. Falls Sie keinen Text markiert haben, so wird die Farbe auf das angewendet, was Sie als nächstes schreiben. Sie können eine Hintergrundfarbe oder ein Hintergrundbild auswählen, indem Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Hintergrund der Nachricht klicken und dann <guiseq><gui>Stil</gui><gui>Seitenstil</gui></guiseq> aus dem Menü auswählen."

#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:5(desc)
msgid "Insert a table in the mail composer."
msgstr "Eine Tabelle im E-Mail-Editor einfügen."

#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:21(title)
msgid "Inserting a Table in HTML"
msgstr "Eine Tabelle in HTML einfügen"

#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:23(p)
msgid "You can insert a table into the email (at the current position of the cursor):"
msgstr "Sie können eine Tabelle in die E-Mail (an die aktuelle Position der Eingabemarke) einfügen:"

#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:25(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Table...</gui></guiseq> in the menubar."
msgstr "Klicken Sie in der Menüleiste auf <guiseq><gui>Einfügen</gui><gui>Tabelle …</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:26(p)
msgid "Select the number of rows and columns."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Anzahl der Zeilen und Spalten."

#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:27(p)
msgid "Define the type of layout for the table."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Art des Layouts für die Tabelle."

#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:28(p)
msgid "Optionally: Select a background color or image for the table."
msgstr "Optional: Wählen Sie eine Hintergrundfarbe oder ein Hintergrundbild für die Tabelle."

#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:5(desc)
msgid "Insert a horizontal line in the mail composer."
msgstr "Eine horizontale Trennlinie in den E-Mail-Editor einfügen."

#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:21(title)
msgid "Inserting a Rule in HTML"
msgstr "Eine HTML-Regel einfügen"

#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:23(p)
msgid "You can insert a horizontal line into the email (at the current position of the cursor) to help divide two sections:"
msgstr "Sie können eine horizontale Trennlinie in die E-Mail (an der aktuellen Position der Eingabemarke) einfügen:"

#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:25(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Rule...</gui></guiseq> in the menubar."
msgstr "Klicken Sie in der Menüleiste auf <guiseq><gui>Einfügen</gui><gui>Regel …</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:26(p)
msgid "Select width, size, and alignment."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Breite, Größe und Ausrichtung."

#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:27(p)
msgid "Select <gui>Shaded</gui> if wanted."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-html.page:5(desc)
msgid "Format emails by using HTML instead of plain text."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-html.page:21(title)
msgid "Using HTML format to enhance emails"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-html.page:23(p)
msgid "Normally, you cannot set text styles or insert pictures in email. However, most newer email programs can display images and text styles in addition to basic alignment and paragraph formatting. They do this with HTML, just like web pages do."
msgstr "Normalerweise lassen sich für E-Mails keine Textformatierungen bestimmen oder Bilder einfügen. Moderne E-Mail-Programme können jedoch zusätzlich zur klassischen E-Mail auch Bilder und Textformatierungen darstellen. Dies geschieht durch Verwendung von HTML, genauso wie HTML zur Darstellung von Internetseiten verwendet wird."

#: C/mail-composer-html.page:25(p)
msgid "Some people do not have HTML-capable mail clients, or prefer not to receive HTML-enhanced mail because it is slower to download and display. Because of this, Evolution sends plain text unless you explicitly ask for HTML."
msgstr "Einige Personen besitzen keine E-Mail-Programme, die HTML darstellen können, oder bevorzugen es keine HTML-E-Mails zu erhalten, da dies längere Zeit zum herunterladen und anzeigen benötigt. Daher sendet Evolution per Vorgabe Text-E-Mail, außer Sie aktivieren explizit die HTML-Formatierung."

#: C/mail-composer-html.page:27(p)
msgid "You can change the format of an email message from plain text to HTML by choosing <guiseq><gui>Format</gui><gui>HTML</gui></guiseq> from the menu bar."
msgstr "Sie können das Format einer E-Mail-Nachricht von Text zu HTML ändern, indem Sie in der Menüleiste <guiseq><gui>Format</gui><gui>HTML</gui></guiseq> auswählen."

#: C/mail-composer-html.page:28(p)
msgid "To send all your mail as HTML by default, enable <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</gui><gui>Default Behavior</gui><gui>Format messages in HTML</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-html.page:31(title)
msgid "HTML Formatting Options"
msgstr "HTML-Formatierungsoptionen"

#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:5(desc)
msgid "Insert a link to a website in the mail composer."
msgstr "Einen Verweis auf eine Internetseite in den E-Mail-Editor einfügen."

#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:21(title)
msgid "Inserting a Link in HTML"
msgstr "So fügen Sie einen Verweis in HTML ein"

#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:24(p)
msgid "You can insert links into the email:"
msgstr "Sie können Verweise in die Nachricht einfügen:"

#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:26(p)
msgid "Select the text that you want to turn into a link."
msgstr "Wählen Sie den Text aus, der den Verweis darstellen soll."

#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:27(p)
msgid "Either click <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Link...</gui></guiseq> in the menubar, or right-click on the selected text and click <gui>Insert Link</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:28(p)
msgid "Enter the address in the <gui>URL</gui> field."
msgstr "Geben Sie Ihre E-Mail-Adresse in das Feld <gui>E-Mail-Adresse</gui> ein."

#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:32(p)
msgid "If you do not want a special link text you can just enter the address of the link directly. It will be automatically recognized as a link."
msgstr "Falls Sie keinen speziellen Text für den Verweis wünschen, so geben Sie die Adresse einfach direkt ein. Evolution erkennt selbstständig, dass es sich um einen Verweis handelt."

#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:5(desc)
msgid "Embed a picture in the mail composer."
msgstr "Ein Bild im E-Mail-Editor einbetten."

#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:21(title)
msgid "Inserting an Image in HTML"
msgstr "Ein Bild in HTML einfügen"

#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:23(p)
msgid "You can insert an image into the email (at the current position of the cursor):"
msgstr "Sie können ein Bild in die E-Mail (an der aktuellen Position der Eingabemarke) einfügen:"

#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:25(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Image...</gui></guiseq> in the menubar."
msgstr "Klicken Sie in der Menüleiste auf <guiseq><gui>Einfügen</gui><gui>Bild …</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:26(p)
msgid "Browse to and select the file."
msgstr "Suchen und wählen Sie die Datei aus."

#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:27(p)
msgid "Click <gui>Open</gui>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Öffnen</gui>."

#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:30(p)
msgid "Alternately, you can also drag an image into the text area of the message composer."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:5(desc)
msgid "Forwarding a received email to somebody."
msgstr "Eine empfangene Nachricht an jemanden weiterleiten."

#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:23(title)
msgid "Forwarding a message"
msgstr "Eine Nachricht weiterleiten"

#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:25(p)
msgid "When you receive an email, you can forward it to other individuals or groups that might be interested."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:26(p)
msgid "You can forward a message as an attachment to a new message (this is the default setting, see <link xref=\"#default-settings\">Default settings</link>), inline (in your message without the &gt; character before each line), or quoted (with &gt; character before each line)."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:27(p)
msgid "Attachment forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered message to someone else. Inline or Quoted forwarding is best if you want to send portions of a message, or if you have a large number of comments on different sections of the message you are forwarding."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:29(p)
msgid "To forward a message that you are reading:"
msgstr "So leiten Sie eine gelesene Nachricht an jemanden weiter:"

#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:31(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Forward</gui></guiseq>, the <gui>Forward</gui> button in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> to use the default forwarding method. In case you want to use a different forward method, click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Forward as</gui></guiseq> or the small dropdown arrow next to the <gui>Forward</gui> button in the toolbar to choose the method."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:32(p)
msgid "Select a recipient for the message. The subject is already entered, although you can alter it if you want."
msgstr "Wählen Sie einen Empfänger für die Nachricht aus. Die Betreffzeile ist bereits ausgefüllt, diese kann aber geändert werden."

#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:33(p)
msgid "Add your comments on the message in the text field."
msgstr "Fügen Sie Ihre Kommentare zur Nachricht im Textfeld hinzu."

#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:34(p)
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Send</gui> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Return</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:37(p)
msgid "Attachments to a message you are forwarding are forwarded only when you send the original message as an attachment. Inline messages do not forward any attachments."
msgstr "Anhänge einer Nachricht, die Sie weiterleiten, werden nur weitergeleitet wenn Sie die Originalnachricht beigelegt weiterleiten. Zitierte Nachrichten leiten keine Anhänge weiter."

#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to forward a message with its attachments."
msgstr "Nachrichten mit Anlagen weiterleiten."

#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:21(title)
msgid "Forwarding a message with its attachments"
msgstr "Weiterleiten einer Nachricht mit deren Anlagen"

#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:23(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Forward as...</gui></guiseq> and choose <gui>Attachment</gui>, so the forwarded email and also its attachments get attached to the email you want to send."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:26(p)
msgid "If you want to have this setting by default, set <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</gui><gui>Forward Style</gui></guiseq> to <gui>Attachment</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:5(desc)
msgid "Using custom fields in the header of composed messages"
msgstr "Angepasste Felder Im Kopf von verfassten Nachrichten verwenden"

#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:23(title)
msgid "Custom Header Lines"
msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Kopfzeilen"

#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:25(p)
msgid "You can add arbitrary header lines to outgoing emails."
msgstr "Sie können ausgehenden Nachrichten eine eigene Kopfzeile hinzufügen."

#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:28(title)
msgid "Enabling and managing custom headers"
msgstr "So aktivieren und verwalten Sie benutzerdefinierte Kopfzeilen"

#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:29(p)
msgid "To set up the Custom Header plugin:"
msgstr "So aktivieren Sie das Plugin »Benutzerdefinierte Kopfzeilen«:"

#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:32(p)
msgid "Enable <gui>Custom Header</gui>."
msgstr "Aktivieren Sie <gui>Benutzerdefinierte E-Mail-Kopfzeile</gui>"

#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:34(p)
msgid "You can add, edit, or remove the header fields. For every header field you add, you can specify the keys and values. The key is used as the title of the Custom Header. You can enter multiple values for the keys. You must use a semicolon to separate every value you enter."
msgstr "Sie können Kopffelder hinzufügen, bearbeiten oder entfernen. Sie können für jedes Feld, das Sie hinzufügen, Schlüssel und Werte angeben. Der Schlüssel wird als der Titel des eigenen Kopfes verwendet. Sie können mehrere Werte pro Schlüssel eingeben. Eingegebene Werte müssen durch ein Semikolon getrennt werden."

#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:39(title)
msgid "Inserting custom headers in a message"
msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Kopfzeilen in eine Nachricht einfügen"

#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:41(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>New</gui><gui>Mail Message</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq> to open the message composer window."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:42(p)
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Custom Header</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Einfügen</gui><gui>Benutzerdefinierte Kopfzeile</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:43(p)
msgid "In the <gui>Email Custom Header</gui> window, you can view all the defined header fields and values."
msgstr "Im Fenster <gui>Benutzerdefinierte Kopfzeile</gui> können Sie alle hinzugefügten Kopffelder und Werte ansehen."

#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:44(p)
msgid "Set the values for the header fields by using the dropdown list."
msgstr "Legen Sie die Werte für die Kopffelder mit der Auswahlliste fest."

#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:5(desc)
msgid "It is not possible to change the quotation introduction added when answering mail."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:22(title)
msgid "Changing the \"On <em>date, person</em> wrote:\" string when replying"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:24(p)
msgid "Advanced users can change this string by editing the gconf key <file>/apps/evolution/mail/composer/message_attribution</file> via gconf-editor."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:5(desc)
msgid "Changing the date and time format in the message list."
msgstr "Das Format von Datum und Uhrzeit in der Nachrichtenliste ändern."

#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:19(title)
msgid "Format of dates and time"
msgstr "Format für Datum und Zeit"

#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:20(p)
msgid "You can change the format of the <gui>Date</gui> column by setting your preferred format under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>Headers</gui><gui>Date/Time format</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:21(p)
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:50(p)
msgid "The placeholders in the format expression are strftime formats. For a complete list of available strftime formats, run <code>date --help</code> in a terminal window."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:5(desc)
msgid "Editing the columns displayed in the list of messages."
msgstr "Bearbeiten der Spalten in der Nachrichtenliste."

#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:20(title)
msgid "Changing the message list columns"
msgstr "Die Spalten der E-Mail-Liste ändern"

#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:22(p)
msgid "If you want to change the columns in the mail message list, right-click on the column headers and choose either <gui>Add a Column...</gui> or <gui>Remove This Column</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:23(p)
msgid "If you have a small display, you can replace the <gui>Subject</gui> column by the <gui>Subject - Trimmed</gui> which will remove prefixes such as \"Re:\", or you can replace the <gui>From</gui> column which displays the sender's name and email address by the <gui>Sender</gui> column which will only display the sender's name."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:5(desc)
msgid "If you received or sent an email, but you cannot find it anywhere."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:11(name)
#: C/index.page:10(name)
#: C/credits.page:34(p)
msgid "Phil Bull"
msgstr "Phil Bull"

#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:12(email)
#: C/index.page:11(email)
msgid "philbull@gmail.com"
msgstr "philbull@gmail.com"

#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:20(title)
msgid "I cannot see some emails, where are they?"
msgstr "Ich kann einige Nachrichten nicht sehen, wo sind sie geblieben?"

#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:24(p)
msgid "Check whether you are using filters on incoming (or outgoing) messages. These could be automatically moving your messages to another destination."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:27(p)
msgid "Check your search view in the search bar right above the message list. Perhaps the <gui>Show</gui> dropdown list is set to a filter like <gui>Read Messages</gui>, or the text input filed contains some value. Click the broom icon to clear the search field."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:30(p)
msgid "If you cannot see any emails at all in a folder, check that you have not maximized the message preview (so the message list pane is hidden). To do this, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Preview</gui><gui>Show Message Preview</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:33(p)
msgid "Look in the <gui>Junk</gui> folder. Messages that are marked as Junk disappear from the original folder and are moved to the Junk folder."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:38(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Show Hidden Messages</gui></guiseq> to make sure all messages are visible."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:41(p)
msgid "Check your default folder under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Email Accounts</gui><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui></guiseq>. Perhaps it is set to some other folder than the folder you thought of."
msgstr "Prüfen Sie den Vorgabeordner unter <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Einstellungen</gui><gui>E-Mail-Konten</gui><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Vorgabeeinstellungen</gui></guiseq>. Eventuell ist hier ein anderer als der von Ihnen erwartete Ordner festgelegt."

#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:5(desc)
msgid "Sending invitations for appointments to contacts via email."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:21(title)
msgid "Sending invitations by email"
msgstr "Einladungen per E-Mail versenden"

#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:23(p)
msgid "If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then send invitations to the attendee list through the Evolution email tool. The invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format."
msgstr "Wenn Sie im Kalender ein Ereignis hinzufügen können Sie Einladungen an die Teilnehmerliste verschicken. Die Einladung wird als E-Mail-Anhang im iCal-Format verschickt."

#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:25(p)
msgid "To send an invitation, right-click on the entry in the calendar and choose <gui>Forward as iCalendar</gui>."
msgstr "Um eine Einladung zu verschicken, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Kalendereintrag und wählen Sie <gui>Als iCalendar weiterleiten</gui>."

#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:27(p)
msgid "When you receive an invitation, you have several options:"
msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Einladung erhalten haben Sie folgende Möglichkeiten:"

#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:30(p)
msgid "Accept:"
msgstr "Annehmen:"

#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:31(p)
msgid "Indicates you will attend the meeting. When you click the OK button, the meeting is entered into your calendar."
msgstr "Sie nehmen die Einladung an und wollen an der Besprechung teilnehmen. Wenn Sie den OK-Knopf drücken, wird der Termin zu Ihrem Kalender hinzugefügt."

#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:33(p)
msgid "Tentatively Accept:"
msgstr "Vorläufig:"

#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:34(p)
msgid "Indicates you will probably attend the meeting. When you click the OK button, the meeting is entered into your calendar, but is marked as tentative."
msgstr "Sie nehmen die Einladung an und wollen wahrscheinlich an der Besprechung teilnehmen. Wenn Sie den OK-Knopf drücken wird der Termin zu Ihrem Kalender hinzugefügt, aber als vorläufig markiert."

#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:36(p)
msgid "Decline:"
msgstr "Ablehnen:"

#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:37(p)
msgid "Indicates you are unable to attend the meeting. The meeting is not entered into your calendar when you click OK, although your response is sent to the meeting host if you have selected the Send reply to sender option."
msgstr "Sie nehmen die Einladung nicht an und werden nicht an der Besprechung teilnehmen. Wenn Sie den OK-Knopf drücken wird der Termin nicht zu Ihrem Kalender hinzugefügt, aber Ihre Antwort wird an den Absender der Einladung geschickt, falls die Option »Antwort an den Absender verschicken« ausgewählt ist."

#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:39(p)
msgid "Send reply to sender:"
msgstr "Antwort an Absender:"

#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:40(p)
msgid "Select this option if you want your response sent to the meeting organizers."
msgstr "Wählen Sie diese Option aus, wenn Sie eine Antwort an den Organisator der Besprechung verschicken möchten."

#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:5(desc)
msgid "Attaching files to emails you want to send."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:24(title)
msgid "Adding attachments to an email"
msgstr "Anhänge zu E-Mails hinzufügen"

#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:27(title)
msgid "Attaching files"
msgstr "Dateien beilegen"

#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:28(p)
msgid "To attach a file to your email in the composer:"
msgstr ""

# Erste Variante kann ich nicht nachvollziehen, GK
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:30(p)
msgid "Click <gui>Add Attachment...</gui>, or click <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Attachment</gui></guiseq>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Anlage hinzufügen …</gui> oder klicken Sie <guiseq><gui>Einfügen</gui><gui>Anlage</gui></guiseq> oder drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>M</key></keyseq>."

#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:31(p)
msgid "Select the file you want to attach."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die anzufügende Datei aus."

#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:34(p)
msgid "You can also drag a file to the attachment bar of the composer window."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:36(p)
msgid "When you send the message, a copy of the attached file goes with it. Be aware that large attachments can take a long time to send and receive."
msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Nachricht verschicken, wird nun eine Kopie der beigefügten Datei mitverschickt. Seien Sie sich darüber bewußt, dass große Anhänge eine längere Zeit zum Senden und Empfangen benötigen."

#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:40(title)
msgid "Attachment Reminder"
msgstr "Anlagenerinnerung"

#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:42(p)
msgid "Evolution has an Attachment Reminder plugin you can use to remind yourself to attach a file to an email. If it determines that you have not attached the file, it displays a reminder window before the email is sent."
msgstr "Das Anlagenerinnerung-Plugin erinnert Sie daran, eine Dateianlage zu einer E-Mail hinzuzufügen. Falls vermutet wird, dass Sie das Hinzufügen vergessen haben, so wird eine Erinnerungsnachricht vor dem Verschicken der E-Mail angezeigt."

#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:44(p)
msgid "To enable the Attachment Reminder:"
msgstr "Um die Anlagenerinnerung zu aktivieren:"

#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:47(p)
msgid "Enable <gui>Attachment Reminder</gui>."
msgstr "Aktivieren Sie die <gui>Anlagenerinnerung</gui>."

#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:49(p)
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>, then enter keywords in your language such as \"Attach\" or \"enclosed\"."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:51(p)
msgid "Based on the keywords you have added, Evolution searches the text of every mail you are going to send. If it finds any of the keywords in your email and there is no actual attached file, the reminder window is displayed."
msgstr "Evolution durchsucht nun jede E-Mail, die Sie verschicken wollen, nach den hier aufgelisteten Schlüsselwörtern. Falls ein Schlüsselwort gefunden wird und der E-Mail keine Datei beigelegt ist, so werden Sie nun vor vergessenen Dateianlagen gewarnt."

#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:5(desc)
msgid "Saving and opening files that are attached to received emails."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:24(title)
msgid "Handling attachments in received mail"
msgstr "Umgang mit Anlagen in empfangenen Nachrichten"

#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:26(p)
msgid "If you receive an email message with one or more file attachments, Evolution displays the number of attachments and a <gui style=\"button\">Save</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">Save All</gui> button between the email header and the content of the email."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:28(p)
msgid "A list of attachments is also available at the bottom of the email."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:29(p)
msgid "To save an attachment to disk, click the down-arrow next to the attachment icon and click <gui>Save As</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:30(p)
msgid "To open an attachment in another application, click the down-arrow next to the attachment icon and choose one of the available applications."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:32(p)
msgid "The options available for an attachment vary depending on the type of attachment and the applications that are installed on your system. For example, image files can be opened in the <gui>Image Viewer</gui> application or in the <gui>GIMP</gui> graphics editor."
msgstr "Die für einen Anhang verfügbaren Optionen hängen vom Dateitypen und den auf Ihrem Rechner installierten Anwendungen ab. So können angehängte Bilddateien im <gui>Bildbetrachter</gui> oder im Bildbearbeitungsprogramm <gui>GIMP</gui> geöffnet werden."

#: C/mail-attachments.page:5(desc)
msgid "Handling of file attachments for writing and reading mail"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-attachments.page:18(title)
msgid "Managing attachments"
msgstr "Anlagen verwalten"

#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:5(desc)
msgid "Add and edit a Usenet news account in Evolution."
msgstr "Ein Usenet-Konto in Evolution hinzufügen und bearbeiten."

#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:20(title)
msgid "Usenet news account settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für Usenet-Konten"

#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:23(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:23(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:23(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:23(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:24(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:23(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:23(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:23(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:23(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:23(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:23(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:23(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:23(title)
msgid "Account Editor"
msgstr "Konteneditor"

#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:24(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:24(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:24(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:24(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:25(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:25(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:25(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:25(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:24(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:24(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:24(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:24(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:24(p)
msgid "Mail accounts can be added via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Add</gui></guiseq>. The steps are mostly the same as for the <link xref=\"intro-first-run\">First-Run Assistant</link>, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:25(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:25(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:25(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:25(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:26(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:26(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:26(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:26(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:25(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:25(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:25(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:25(p)
msgid "Mail accounts can be edited via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui></guiseq>. The following settings are available when editing an existing account:"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:28(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:28(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:28(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:28(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:29(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:29(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:29(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:29(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:28(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:28(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:28(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:28(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:28(title)
#: C/intro-first-run.page:25(title)
msgid "Identity"
msgstr "Identität"

#. TODO:XINCLUDE: Quite ugly to copy this text into all account type's, but it's not really worth a separate topic page for it, plus it would make the intro-first-run.page even more complex. Maybe later replace this text by a single instance by doing some content sharing with xinclude and xpointer in the other mail-account-manage-*.page files and in intro-first-run.page. <include href="foo.xml" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"/> See gnome-user-docs module for example usage. Also see https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=638866
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:30(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:30(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:30(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:30(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:30(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:30(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:30(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:30(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:30(p)
#: C/intro-first-run.page:26(p)
msgid "Here you define your name and your email address."
msgstr "Hier können Sie Ihren Namen und Ihre E-Mail-Adresse angeben."

#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:32(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:32(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:32(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:32(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:31(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:31(p)
#: C/intro-first-run.page:27(p)
msgid "Optionally you can make this account your default account (e.g. when writing emails), set a Reply-To email address (if you want replies to messages sent to a different address), and set an organization (the company where you work, or the organization you represent when you send email from this account)."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:35(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:35(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:35(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:35(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:36(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:36(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:36(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:36(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:35(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:35(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:35(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:35(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:35(title)
msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options"
msgstr "Nachrichten empfangen und Empfangsoptionen"

#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:39(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:39(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:39(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:39(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:39(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:39(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:39(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:39(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:39(title)
msgid "Sending Email"
msgstr "Verschicken von E-Mails"

#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:43(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:43(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:43(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:43(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:40(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:40(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:40(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:40(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:43(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:43(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:43(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:43(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:43(title)
msgid "Defaults"
msgstr "Vorgaben"

#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:47(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:47(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:47(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:47(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:45(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:49(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:49(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:44(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:47(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:47(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:47(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:47(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:47(title)
msgid "Security"
msgstr "Sicherheit"

#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:53(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:55(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:57(title)
msgid "Other settings"
msgstr "Andere Einstellungen"

#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:54(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:56(p)
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:58(p)
msgid "Other account related settings that are not located in the <gui>Account Editor</gui>:"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:5(desc)
msgid "Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool File account in Evolution."
msgstr "Ein Konto mit Standard-Unix-mbox-Spool-Datei Evolution hinzufügen und bearbeiten"

#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:20(title)
msgid "Standard Unix mbox Spool File account settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für Konto mit Standard-Unix-mbox-Spool-Datei"

#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:5(desc)
msgid "Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account in Evolution."
msgstr "Ein Konto mit Standard-Unix-mbox-Spool-Ordner Evolution hinzufügen und bearbeiten"

#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:20(title)
msgid "Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für Konto mit Standard-Unix-mbox-Spool-Ordner"

#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:5(desc)
msgid "Add and edit a POP mail account in Evolution."
msgstr "Ein POP E-Mail-Konto in Evolution einrichten und bearbeiten."

#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:20(title)
msgid "POP mail account settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für POP-Mail-Konten"

#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:5(desc)
msgid "Add and edit a Novell Groupwise account in Evolution."
msgstr "GroupWise-Konto in Evolution hinzufügen und bearbeiten."

#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:21(title)
msgid "Novell Groupwise account settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für Novell Groupwise-Konten"

#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:49(title)
msgid "Proxy"
msgstr "Vertretung"

#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:50(p)
msgid "Settings for having somebody else handle your account."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:5(desc)
msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange account in Evolution."
msgstr "Microsoft Exchange-Konto in Evolution hinzufügen und bearbeiten."

#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:21(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:20(title)
msgid "Microsoft Exchange account settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für Microsoft Exchange-Konten"

#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:23(p)
msgid "Please first read <link xref=\"exchange-connectors-overview\">Choosing the right connector</link> to find out about the right Exchange account type for you."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:5(desc)
msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange 2007 account in Evolution."
msgstr "Microsoft Exchange-2007-Konto in Evolution hinzufügen und bearbeiten."

#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:20(title)
msgid "Exchange MAPI account settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für Exchange MAPI-Konten"

#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:44(title)
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:44(title)
msgid "Exchange Settings"
msgstr "Exchange-Einstellungen"

#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:45(p)
msgid "In this section you can view the size of all Exchange folders."
msgstr "In diesem Bereich können Sie die Größe aller Exchange-Ordner sehen."

#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:5(desc)
msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange 2000/2003 account in Evolution."
msgstr "Microsoft Exchange-2000/2003-Konto in Evolution hinzufügen und bearbeiten."

#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:45(p)
msgid "In this section you can define your \"Out of Office\" status, change the password for your Exchange account, and manage the delegation settings."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:45(p)
msgid "You can also view the size of all Exchange folders."
msgstr "Sie können auch die Größe aller Exchange-Ordner anzeigen lassen."

#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:5(desc)
msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange 2010 account in Evolution."
msgstr "Microsoft Exchange-2010-Konto in Evolution hinzufügen und bearbeiten."

#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:20(title)
msgid "Exchange Web Services account settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für Exchange Web-Services"

#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:5(desc)
msgid "Add and edit a MH Format Mail Directories account in Evolution."
msgstr "Ein Konto für E-Mail-Ordner im MH-Format in Evolution hinzufügen und bearbeiten."

#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:20(title)
msgid "MH Format Mail Directories account settings"
msgstr "Konteneinstellungen für E-Mail-Ordner im MH-Format"

#: C/mail-account-management.page:5(desc)
msgid "Adding, editing and managing mail accounts."
msgstr "Hinzufügen, Bearbeiten und Verwalten von Nachrichtenkonten."

#: C/mail-account-management.page:20(title)
msgid "Account Management"
msgstr "Kontoverwaltung"

#: C/mail-account-management.page:23(title)
msgid "Common Account Types"
msgstr "Gängige Kontentypen"

#: C/mail-account-management.page:27(title)
msgid "Local Account Types"
msgstr "Lokale Kontentypen"

#: C/mail-account-management.page:31(title)
msgid "Corporate Account Types"
msgstr "Firmen-Kontotypen"

#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:5(desc)
msgid "Add and edit a Maildir Format Mail Directories account in Evolution."
msgstr "Ein Konto für E-Mail-Ordner im Maildir-Format in Evolution hinzufügen und bearbeiten."

#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:20(title)
msgid "Maildir Format Mail Directories account settings"
msgstr "Kontoeinstellungen für E-Mail-Ordner im Maildir-Format"

#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:25(p)
msgid "Mail accounts can be edited via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui>Edit</gui></guiseq>. The following settings are available when editing an existing account:"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:5(desc)
msgid "Add and edit a Local Delivery account in Evolution."
msgstr "Ein Konto mit lokaler Auslieferung in Evolution einrichten und bearbeiten."

#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:20(title)
msgid "Local Delivery account settings"
msgstr "Konteneinstellungen für lokale Auslieferung"

#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:5(desc)
msgid "Add and edit an IMAP+ mail account in Evolution."
msgstr "IMAP+-Konto in Evolution hinzufügen und bearbeiten."

#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:20(title)
msgid "IMAP+ mail account settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für IMAP+-Konten"

#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:5(desc)
msgid "Add and edit an IMAP mail account in Evolution."
msgstr "Ein IMAP E-Mail-Konto in Evolution einrichten und bearbeiten."

#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:20(title)
msgid "IMAP mail account settings"
msgstr "E-Mail-Konteneinstellungen für IMAP"

#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to set up a GMail POP Account."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:24(title)
msgid "Access a GMail POP Account via Evolution"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:26(p)
msgid "Follow these steps to set up your GMail POP Account in Evolution:"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:29(p)
msgid "Log in to your gmail account."
msgstr "Melden Sie sich an Ihrem Gmail-Konto an."

#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:30(p)
msgid "Go to <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Forwarding and POP/IMAP</gui></guiseq>. Refer to the POP Download section."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:31(p)
msgid "Enable the POP download feature by ticking the radio button that corresponds to either of these options:"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:33(p)
msgid "Enable POP for all mail (even mail that's already been downloaded)"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:34(p)
msgid "Enable POP for mail that arrives from now on"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:37(p)
msgid "Specify the other required settings for this Gmail feature."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:38(p)
msgid "To know the Gmail Account settings, click on <guiseq><gui>Configuration instructions</gui><gui>Other</gui><gui>Standard Instructions</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:39(p)
msgid "On your Evolution client, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui></guiseq>. Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:40(p)
msgid "Provide the required information. For the account settings, refer to Step 5"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to set up a GMail IMAP Account."
msgstr ""

#. Page only exists for the <note>, apart from that nothing special.
#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:24(title)
msgid "Access a GMail IMAP Account via Evolution"
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:26(p)
msgid "Please refer to the <link xref=\"mail-account-manage-imap\">IMAP mail account settings</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:28(p)
msgid "To access GMail via IMAP you must turn on IMAP in your Google account. See the <link href=\"https://mail.google.com/support/bin/answer.py?answer=77695\">GMail Help</link> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
#: C/intro-main-window.page:37(None)
msgid "@@image: './figures/window-overview-layers.png'; md5=3156497ff1c51756838f9ddfbce9baee"
msgstr "lokalisiert"

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
#: C/intro-main-window.page:44(None)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:93(None)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:139(None)
msgid "@@image: './figures/color-c4a000.png'; md5=9db17d2d5e9013501aeab2e165c6a6c9"
msgstr "lokalisiert - verwendet original"

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
#: C/intro-main-window.page:47(None)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:96(None)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:142(None)
msgid "@@image: './figures/color-ce5c00.png'; md5=19dae9650e3936312e09198973372a24"
msgstr "lokalisiert - verwendet original"

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
#: C/intro-main-window.page:50(None)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:99(None)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:145(None)
msgid "@@image: './figures/color-8f5902.png'; md5=ff5ccb859fe04a004cd67e1c22621dc6"
msgstr "lokalisiert - verwendet original"

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
#: C/intro-main-window.page:51(None)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:100(None)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:146(None)
msgid "@@image: './figures/color-4e9a06.png'; md5=b2c2e7b66fb470344c804db396b48b98"
msgstr "lokalisiert - verwendet original"

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
#: C/intro-main-window.page:54(None)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:103(None)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:149(None)
msgid "@@image: './figures/color-204a87.png'; md5=511497260cc4caab69d67814b1ee3b8b"
msgstr "lokalisiert - verwendet original"

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
#: C/intro-main-window.page:57(None)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:111(None)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:152(None)
msgid "@@image: './figures/color-a40000.png'; md5=19195da020e059dab33aa37788763a97"
msgstr "lokalisiert - verwendet original"

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
#: C/intro-main-window.page:58(None)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:153(None)
msgid "@@image: './figures/color-5c3566.png'; md5=7c001a57237acc2ff61ee61e05ad3168"
msgstr "lokalisiert - verwendet original"

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
#: C/intro-main-window.page:61(None)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:114(None)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:156(None)
msgid "@@image: './figures/color-2e3436.png'; md5=3c796c7aed3044e59f131bea364e8598"
msgstr "lokalisiert - verwendet original"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:5(desc)
msgid "An explanation of the areas shown in the Evolution window."
msgstr "Eine Übersicht über das Hauptfenster von Evolution."

#: C/intro-main-window.page:17(name)
#: C/credits.page:31(p)
msgid "Barbara M. Tobias"
msgstr "Barbara M. Tobias"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:29(title)
msgid "The <em>Evolution</em> main window"
msgstr "Das Hauptfenster von <em>Evolution</em>"

#. This section fixes https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=657028
#: C/intro-main-window.page:32(p)
msgid "Evolution provides functionality for E-Mail, Calendar, Contacts, Tasks, and Memos. You can switch to another functionality by using the \"Switcher\" buttons in the lower left corner. Depending on the displayed functionality also the displayed elements in the window differ."
msgstr "Evolution ermöglicht den Umgang mit E-Mail, Kalender, Kontakten, Aufgaben und Notizen. Wechseln Sie zwischen diesen verschiedenen Arbeitsbereichen über die »Wechselknöpfe« in der linken unteren Ecke. Je nach aktivem Arbeitsbereich werden unterschiedliche Elemente im Fenster angezeigt."

#: C/intro-main-window.page:35(title)
msgid "E-Mail"
msgstr "E-Mail"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:38(p)
msgid "The Evolution mail main window"
msgstr "Das Hauptfenster von Evolution E-Mail"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:41(p)
msgid "Corresponding elements in the mail main window:"
msgstr "Die entsprechenden Elemente im E-Mail-Hauptfenster sind folgende:"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:44(p)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-c4a000.png\" width=\"10\"/> Menu bar"
msgstr "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-c4a000.png\" width=\"10\"/> Menüleiste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:47(p)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-ce5c00.png\" width=\"10\"/> Tool bar"
msgstr "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-ce5c00.png\" width=\"10\"/> Werkzeugleiste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:50(p)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-8f5902.png\" width=\"10\"/> Folder list"
msgstr "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-8f5902.png\" width=\"10\"/> Ordnerliste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:51(p)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-4e9a06.png\" width=\"10\"/> Search bar"
msgstr "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-4e9a06.png\" width=\"10\"/> Suchleiste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:54(p)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-204a87.png\" width=\"10\"/> Message list"
msgstr "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-204a87.png\" width=\"10\"/> Nachrichtenliste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:57(p)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-a40000.png\" width=\"10\"/> Switcher"
msgstr "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-a40000.png\" width=\"10\"/> Knöpfe"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:58(p)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-5c3566.png\" width=\"10\"/> Preview pane"
msgstr "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-5c3566.png\" width=\"10\"/> Vorschauleiste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:61(p)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-2e3436.png\" width=\"10\"/> Status bar"
msgstr "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-2e3436.png\" width=\"10\"/> Statusleiste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:67(title)
msgid "Folder list"
msgstr "Ordnerliste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:68(p)
msgid "The folder list gives you a list of the available folders for each account. To see the contents of a folder, click the folder name and its contents are displayed in the message list."
msgstr "Die Ordnerleiste bietet Ihnen Zugriff auf die verfügbaren Ordner für jedes Konto. Um die Inhalte eines Ordners zu sehen, klicken Sie auf den Ordnernamen, und die Inhalte werden in der E-Mail-Liste dargestellt."

#: C/intro-main-window.page:69(p)
msgid "For more information see <link xref=\"mail-folders\">Using Folders</link>."
msgstr "Für weitere Informationen lesen Sie bitte <link linkend=\"third-step\">Ordner verwenden</link>."

#: C/intro-main-window.page:72(title)
msgid "Message List"
msgstr "E-Mail-Liste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:73(p)
msgid "The message list displays all the read and unread messages that you have in the chosen folder. To view an email in the preview pane, click the message in the message list."
msgstr "Die Nachrichtenliste zeigt alle Ihre gelesenen und ungelesenen Nachrichten im gewählten Ordner an. Um eine dieser E-Mails in der Nachrichtenvorschau anzuzeigen, klicken Sie auf die Nachricht in der E-Mail-Liste."

#: C/intro-main-window.page:76(title)
msgid "Switcher"
msgstr "Umschalter"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:77(p)
msgid "The switcher at the bottom of the side bar lets you switch between the Evolution tools: Mail, Contacts, Calendars, Memos and Tasks."
msgstr "Die Knöpfe im unteren Bereich der Seitenleiste ermöglichen das Wechseln zu den verschiedenen Evolution-Fenstern (wie E-Mail, Adressbuch, Kalender, Notizen und Aufgaben)."

#: C/intro-main-window.page:77(p)
msgid "For more information see <link xref=\"change-switcher-appearance\">Changing the Switcher appearance</link>."
msgstr "Lesen Sie für weitere Informationen <link xref=\"change-switcher-appearance\">Das Erscheinungsbild der Knöpfe ändern</link>."

#: C/intro-main-window.page:78(p)
msgid "You can disable the folder list and the switcher side bar by toggling <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Layout</gui><gui>Show Side Bar</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Sie können die Ordnerliste und die Umschalter-Knöpfe über <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Anordnung</gui><gui>Seitenleiste anzeigen</gui></guiseq> ein- oder ausblenden."

#: C/intro-main-window.page:81(title)
msgid "Preview Pane"
msgstr "Vorschauleiste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:82(p)
msgid "The preview pane displays the message that is currently chosen in the message list."
msgstr "Die Nachrichtenvorschau stellt den Inhalt der E-Mail dar, welche in der E-Mail-Liste ausgewählt ist."

#: C/intro-main-window.page:83(p)
msgid "You can disable the preview pane by toggling <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Preview</gui><gui>Show Message Preview</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Sie können die Vorschau über <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Vorschau</gui><gui>Nachrichtenvorschau anzeigen</gui></guiseq> ein- oder ausblenden."

#: C/intro-main-window.page:89(title)
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:46(title)
msgid "Calendar"
msgstr "Kalender:"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:90(p)
msgid "Elements in the calendar main window:"
msgstr "Elemente im Hauptfenster des Kalenders:"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:93(p)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:139(p)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-c4a000.png\" width=\"10\"/> Menu bar"
msgstr "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-c4a000.png\" width=\"10\"/> Menüleiste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:96(p)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:142(p)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-ce5c00.png\" width=\"10\"/> Tool bar"
msgstr "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-ce5c00.png\" width=\"10\"/> Werkzeugleiste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:99(p)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-8f5902.png\" width=\"10\"/> Calendar list"
msgstr "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-8f5902.png\" width=\"10\"/> Kalenderliste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:100(p)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:146(p)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-4e9a06.png\" width=\"10\"/> Search bar"
msgstr "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-4e9a06.png\" width=\"10\"/> Suchleiste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:103(p)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-204a87.png\" width=\"10\"/> Appointment list"
msgstr "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-204a87.png\" width=\"10\"/> Terminliste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:104(p)
msgid "Task list"
msgstr "Aufgabenliste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:107(p)
msgid "Month pane"
msgstr "Monatsfeld"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:108(p)
msgid "Memo list"
msgstr "Notizliste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:111(p)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:152(p)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-a40000.png\" width=\"10\"/> Switcher"
msgstr "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-a40000.png\" width=\"10\"/> Umschalter"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:114(p)
#: C/intro-main-window.page:156(p)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-2e3436.png\" width=\"10\"/> Status bar"
msgstr "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-2e3436.png\" width=\"10\"/> Statusleiste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:119(title)
msgid "Appointment List"
msgstr "Terminliste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:120(p)
msgid "The appointment list displays all your scheduled appointments in the time frame selected."
msgstr "Die Terminliste stellt alle Ihre anstehenden Termine im gewählten Zeitraum dar."

#: C/intro-main-window.page:123(title)
msgid "Month Pane"
msgstr "Monatsfeld"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:124(p)
msgid "The month pane is a small view of a calendar month. To display additional months, drag the column border to the right. You can also select a range of days in the month pane to display a custom range of days in the appointment list."
msgstr "Der kleine Kalender in der Seitenleiste unten links gibt eine Übersicht über den Kalendermonat. Um weitere Monate angezeigt zu bekommen, ziehen Sie den umrandenden Balken mit der Maus nach rechts bzw. nach oben. Sie können auch eine freigewählte Anzahl an Tagen auswählen. Wählen Sie hierzu die Tage aus, die in Ihrer Kalenderansicht angezeigt werden sollen."

#: C/intro-main-window.page:127(title)
msgid "Task list and Memo list"
msgstr "Aufgabenliste und Notizliste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:128(p)
msgid "Tasks and memos are just displayed for your convience and are not associated to any appointments. Use the <gui>switcher</gui> to go to their main windows."
msgstr ""

#: C/intro-main-window.page:135(title)
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:60(title)
msgid "Contacts"
msgstr "Kontakte"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:136(p)
msgid "Elements in the contacts main window:"
msgstr "Elemente im Kontakte-Hauptfenster:"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:145(p)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-8f5902.png\" width=\"10\"/> Address book list"
msgstr "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-8f5902.png\" width=\"10\"/> Adressbuchliste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:149(p)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-204a87.png\" width=\"10\"/> Contacts list"
msgstr "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-204a87.png\" width=\"10\"/> Kontaktliste"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:153(p)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-5c3566.png\" width=\"10\"/> Contact preview"
msgstr "<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-5c3566.png\" width=\"10\"/> Kontaktvorschau"

#: C/intro-main-window.page:159(p)
msgid "You can disable the contact preview by toggling <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Preview</gui><gui>Contact Preview</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Sie können die Kontaktvorschau über <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Vorschau</gui><gui>Kontaktvorschau</gui></guiseq> ein- oder ausblenden."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:5(desc)
msgid "Running Evolution for the very first time."
msgstr "Evolution zum allerersten Mal starten."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:20(title)
msgid "Starting <em>Evolution</em> for the first time"
msgstr "<em>Evolution</em> zum ersten Mal starten"

#: C/intro-first-run.page:22(p)
msgid "The first time you run Evolution, it opens the First-Run Assistant to help you set up email accounts and <link xref=\"import-data\">import data from other applications.</link>"
msgstr "Wenn Sie das erste Mal Evolution starten, wird der Erste-Schritte-Assistent gestartet, der Ihnen dabei hilft, Ihre E-Mail-Konten einzutragen und gegebenenfalls <link xref=\"import-data\">Daten aus anderen Programmen zu importieren</link>."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:31(title)
msgid "Restore from backup"
msgstr "Aus Sicherungsdatei wiederherstellen"

#: C/intro-first-run.page:32(p)
msgid "You will get asked whether to restore from a backup of a previous version. If you have such a backup, continue <link xref=\"backup-restore#restore\">here</link>. Otherwise, go to the next page."
msgstr ""

#: C/intro-first-run.page:37(p)
msgid "First, choose the server type from the <gui>Server Type</gui> dropdown-list."
msgstr "Wählen Sie zuerst den gewünschten Servertyp aus der Auswahlliste <gui>Servertyp</gui> aus."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:38(p)
msgid "If you are unsure about the type of server to choose, ask your system administrator or Internet Service Provider."
msgstr "Falls Sie sich nicht sicher sind, welche Server-Art Sie wählen sollten, wenden Sie sich bitte an Ihren Systemadministrator oder Internet-Dienstanbieter."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:43(p)
msgid "The most common available server types for normal users are:"
msgstr ""

#: C/intro-first-run.page:45(p)
msgid "None: If you do not plan to use Evolution for receiving email."
msgstr ""

#: C/intro-first-run.page:45(p)
msgid "Continue <link xref=\"#sending\">here</link> for configuration."
msgstr "Setzen Sie die Konfiguration <link xref=\"#sending\">hier</link> fort."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:46(p)
msgid "IMAP: Keeps the mail on the server so you can access your mail from multiple systems."
msgstr "IMAP: Behält E-Mails auf dem Server, so dass Sie auf Ihre E-Mails von verschiedenen Rechnern zugreifen können."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:46(p)
msgid "Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-imap\">here</link> for configuration."
msgstr "Setzen Sie die Konfiguration <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-imap\">hier</link> fort."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:48(p)
msgid "IMAP+: Keeps the mail on the server so you can access your mail from multiple systems."
msgstr "IMAP+: Behält E-Mails auf dem Server, so dass Sie auf Ihre E-Mails von verschiedenen Rechnern zugreifen können."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:48(p)
msgid "Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-imap-plus\">here</link> for configuration."
msgstr "Setzen Sie die Konfiguration <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-imap-plus\">hier</link> fort."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:49(p)
msgid "POP: Downloads your email to your hard disk."
msgstr ""

#: C/intro-first-run.page:49(p)
msgid "Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-pop\">here</link> for configuration."
msgstr "Setzen Sie die Konfiguration <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-pop\">hier</link> fort."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:50(p)
msgid "USENET News: Connects to a news server and downloads a list of available news digests."
msgstr "USENET-News: Verbindet mit einem News-Server und lädt eine Liste verfügbarer Nachrichten aus Newsgroups herunter."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:50(p)
msgid "Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-usenet-news\">here</link> for configuration."
msgstr "Setzen Sie die Konfiguration <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-usenet-news\">hier</link> fort."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:56(p)
msgid "Available server types for corporate users are:"
msgstr ""

#: C/intro-first-run.page:59(p)
msgid "Exchange MAPI: For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 or OpenChange server."
msgstr ""

#: C/intro-first-run.page:59(p)
msgid "Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi\">here</link> for configuration."
msgstr "Setzen Sie die Konfiguration <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi\">hier</link> fort."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:60(p)
msgid "This requires having the evolution-mapi package installed. <link action=\"install:evolution-mapi\" href=\"http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/evolution-mapi/\">Install evolution-mapi now.</link>"
msgstr ""

#: C/intro-first-run.page:62(p)
msgid "Microsoft Exchange: For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2000 or 2003 server."
msgstr "Microsoft Exchange: zum Verbinden mit Microsoft Exchange 2000 oder 2003."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:62(p)
msgid "Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange\">here</link> for configuration."
msgstr "Setzen Sie die Konfiguration <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange\">hier</link> fort."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:63(p)
msgid "This requires having the evolution-exchange package installed. <link action=\"install:evolution-exchange\" href=\"http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/evolution-exchange/\">Install evolution-exchange now.</link>"
msgstr ""

#: C/intro-first-run.page:65(p)
msgid "Novell Groupwise: For connecting to a Novell GroupWise server."
msgstr "Novell Groupwise: zum Verbinden mit einem Novell GroupWise-Server."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:65(p)
msgid "Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise\">here</link> for configuration."
msgstr "Setzen Sie die Konfiguration <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise\">hier</link> fort."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:71(p)
msgid "Available local account server types for advanced users are:"
msgstr ""

#: C/intro-first-run.page:73(p)
msgid "Local delivery: If you want to move email from the spool (the location where mail waits for delivery) and store it in your home directory. You need to provide the path to the mail spool you want to use. If you want to leave email in your system's spool files, choose the <gui>Standard Unix Mbox Spool</gui> option instead."
msgstr "Lokale Auslieferung: Wenn Sie E-Mails vom Spool (der Ort, an dem die E-Mails auf ihre Zustellung warten) in Ihren persönlichen Ordner zur Speicherung verschieben möchten. Hierfür müssen Sie den Pfad zum Spool angeben, der benutzt werden soll. Falls die E-Mails im Spool verbleiben sollen, wählen Sie stattdessen die Option <gui>Standard-UNIX-mbox-Spool</gui>."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:73(p)
msgid "Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-local-delivery\">here</link> for configuration."
msgstr "Setzen Sie die Konfiguration <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-local-delivery\">hier</link> fort."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:75(p)
msgid "MH-Format Mail Directories: For downloading email using MH or another MH-style program."
msgstr "E-Mail-Ordner im MH-Format: Zum Herunterladen von E-Mails per MH oder durch eine MH-gleiche Anwendung."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:75(p)
#: C/intro-first-run.page:77(p)
#: C/intro-first-run.page:81(p)
msgid "You need to provide the path to the directory you want to use."
msgstr "Sie müssen den Pfad zum Ordner angeben, der benutzt werden soll."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:75(p)
msgid "Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories\">here</link> for configuration."
msgstr "Setzen Sie die Konfiguration <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories\">hier</link> fort."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:77(p)
msgid "Maildir-Format Mail Directories: For downloading your email using Qmail or another Maildir-style program."
msgstr "E-Mail-Ordner im Maildir-Format: Wählen Sie diese Option, falls Sie E-Mails per Qmail oder durch eine Maildir-gleiche Anwendung herunterladen möchten."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:77(p)
msgid "Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories\">here</link> for configuration."
msgstr "Setzen Sie die Konfiguration <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories\">hier</link> fort."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:79(p)
msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file: For reading and storing email in the mail spool file on your local system."
msgstr ""

#: C/intro-first-run.page:79(p)
msgid "You need to provide the path to the mail spool file you want to use."
msgstr "Hierfür müssen Sie den Pfad zur Mail-Spool-Datei angeben, die benutzt werden soll."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:79(p)
msgid "Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file\">here</link> for configuration."
msgstr "Setzen Sie die Konfiguration <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file\">hier</link> fort."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:81(p)
msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory: For reading and storing email in the mail spool directory on your local system."
msgstr ""

#: C/intro-first-run.page:81(p)
msgid "Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory\">here</link> for configuration."
msgstr "Setzen Sie die Konfiguration <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory\">hier</link> fort."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:84(p)
msgid "Later on, if you want to change an account, or if you want to create another one, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui></guiseq>. Select the account you want to change, then click <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui>. Alternately, add a new account by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>."
msgstr "Wenn Sie später Ihre Kontendaten ändern oder ein weiteres E-Mail-Konto einrichten möchten, klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Einstellungen</gui><gui>E-Mail-Konten</gui></guiseq>. Wählen Sie das Konto aus, welches Sie ändern möchten, und klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Bearbeiten</gui>. Ein neues Konto kann hinzugefügt werden, indem Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Hinzufügen</gui> klicken."

#. Do not rename, we link to it from the subpages
#: C/intro-first-run.page:90(title)
msgid "Sending mail"
msgstr "Abrufen von E-Mails"

#: C/intro-first-run.page:91(p)
msgid "Available server types are:"
msgstr "Folgende Servertypen sind verfügbar:"

#: C/intro-first-run.page:93(p)
msgid "SMTP: Sends mail using an outbound mail server. This is the most common choice for sending mail."
msgstr ""

#: C/intro-first-run.page:93(p)
msgid "Continue <link xref=\"mail-sending-options-smtp\">here</link> for configuration."
msgstr "Setzen Sie die Konfiguration <link xref=\"mail-sending-options-smtp\">hier</link> fort."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:94(p)
msgid "Sendmail: Uses the Sendmail program to send mail from your system. It is not easy to configure, so you should select this option only if you know how to set up a Sendmail service."
msgstr "Sendmail: Nutzt das Sendmail-Programm auf Ihrem Rechner. Sendmail bietet mehr Flexibilität, allerdings ist es schwieriger einzustellen. Sie sollten diese Option nur wählen, falls Sie mit Sendmail vertraut sind."

#: C/intro-first-run.page:99(title)
msgid "Account Information"
msgstr "Konteninformation"

#: C/intro-first-run.page:100(p)
msgid "Give the account any name you prefer."
msgstr ""

#: C/intro-first-run.page:104(title)
msgid "Importing Mail (Optional)"
msgstr "E-Mails importieren (optional)"

#: C/intro-first-run.page:105(p)
msgid "Continue with <link xref=\"import-data\">Importing data from another application</link>."
msgstr "Setzen Sie bei <link xref=\"import-data\">Daten aus anderen Programmen importieren</link> fort."

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
#: C/index.page:6(None)
#: C/index.page:24(None)
msgid "@@image: 'figures/evolutionlogo.png'; md5=4bf469aaba7c368937309e931ba9bdcc"
msgstr "original"

#: C/index.page:5(desc)
msgid "Evolution"
msgstr "Evolution"

#: C/index.page:7(title)
msgid "Evolution Mail and Calendar"
msgstr "Evolution-E-Mail und -Kalender"

#: C/index.page:23(title)
msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/evolutionlogo.png\"> Evolution logo </media> Evolution Mail and Calendar"
msgstr ""

#: C/index.page:31(title)
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Erste Schritte"

#: C/index.page:35(title)
msgid "Mail Management"
msgstr "Nachrichtenverwaltung"

#: C/index.page:37(title)
msgid "Advanced Mail Management"
msgstr "Fortgeschrittene E-Mail-Verwaltung"

#: C/index.page:39(title)
msgid "IMAP"
msgstr "IMAP"

#: C/index.page:45(title)
msgid "Mail Composing"
msgstr "Verfassen von Nachrichten"

#: C/index.page:47(title)
msgid "Advanced Mail Composing"
msgstr "Fortgeschrittene E-Mail-Erstellung"

#: C/index.page:52(title)
msgid "Calendar Management"
msgstr "Kalenderverwaltung"

#: C/index.page:54(title)
msgid "Advanced Calendar Management"
msgstr "Fortgeschrittene Kalenderverwaltung"

#: C/index.page:59(title)
msgid "Contacts Management"
msgstr "Verwaltung von Kontakten"

#: C/index.page:63(title)
msgid "Memos and Tasks Management"
msgstr "Verwaltung von Notizen und Aufgaben"

#: C/index.page:67(title)
msgid "Data Migration and Synchronization"
msgstr "Datenmigration und -abgleich"

#: C/index.page:71(title)
msgid "Corporate Environments"
msgstr "Firmenumgebungen"

#: C/index.page:73(title)
msgid "Microsoft Exchange"
msgstr "Microsoft Exchange"

#: C/index.page:76(title)
msgid "Novell Groupwise"
msgstr "Novell Groupwise"

#: C/index.page:81(title)
msgid "Tracking down Problems"
msgstr "Eingrenzen von Problemen"

#: C/index.page:85(title)
msgid "Common Mail Questions and Problems"
msgstr "Häufig gestellte Fragen und Probleme mit E-Mails"

#: C/index.page:89(title)
msgid "Common Other Questions and Problems"
msgstr "Andere häufig gestellte Fragen und Probleme"

#: C/index.page:93(title)
msgid "Further reading"
msgstr "Weiterer Lesestoff"

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:5(desc)
msgid "Supported file formats for importing data."
msgstr ""

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:23(title)
msgid "Supported file formats"
msgstr "Unterstützte Dateiformate"

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:25(p)
msgid "Evolution can import the following types of files:"
msgstr "Evolution kann Dateien der folgenden Typen importieren:"

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:28(title)
msgid "Mail"
msgstr "E-Mail"

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:30(p)
msgid "Berkeley Mailbox (.mbox or no extension):"
msgstr "Berkley Mailbox (.mbox oder keine Dateiendung):"

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:32(p)
msgid "The email format used by Mozilla, Netscape, Evolution (for local folders until version 2.32), Eudora, and many other email clients."
msgstr "Das von Mozilla, Netscape, Evolution (für lokale Ordner bis Version 2.32), Eudora und vielen anderen E-Mail-Programmen benutzte E-Mail-Dateiformat."

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:34(p)
msgid "Maildir (no extension):"
msgstr "Maildir (keine Erweiterung)"

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:36(p)
msgid "The format used by Evolution (for local folders since version 3.0). There is no need to import Maildir files as you can <link xref=\"mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories\">configure a Maildir account</link> in Evolution and point to the folder where the Maildir files are stored."
msgstr ""

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:38(p)
msgid "Outlook Express 5/6 Personal Folders (.dbx):"
msgstr "Persönliche Ordner aus Outlook Express 5/6 (.dbx):"

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:40(p)
msgid "The email file format used by Microsoft Outlook Express 5/6. For newer versions PST import is recommended."
msgstr "Das von Microsoft Outlook Express 5/6 benutzte E-Mail-Dateiformat. Für neuere Versionen wird der PST-Import empfohlen."

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:48(p)
msgid "vCalendar (.vcs):"
msgstr "vCalendar (.vcs):"

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:50(p)
msgid "A format for storing calendar files, which is generally used by Evolution, Microsoft Outlook, Sunbird, and Korganizer."
msgstr "Ein Format zum Speichern von Kalenderdateien, welches im Allgemeinenvon Evolution, Microsoft Outlook, Sunbird und Korganizer verwendet wird."

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:52(p)
msgid "iCalendar or iCal (.ics):"
msgstr "iCalendar oder iCal (.ics):"

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:54(p)
msgid "A format for storing calendar files. iCalendar is used by Evolution, Microsoft Outlook, Palm OS handhelds, and others."
msgstr "Ein Format zum Speichern von Kalenderdateien. iCalendar wird von Evolution, Microsoft Outlook, Palm OS Handhelds und weiteren verwendet."

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:62(p)
msgid "LDAP Data Interchange Format (.ldif):"
msgstr "LDAP-Datenaustauschformat (.ldif)"

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:64(p)
msgid "A standard data format for contact cards."
msgstr "Ein Standard-Datenformat für Visitenkarten."

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:66(p)
msgid "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd):"
msgstr "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd):"

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:68(p)
msgid "The address book format used by the GNOME, KDE, and many other contact management applications. You should be able to export to vCard format from any address book application."
msgstr "Das von GNOME, KDE und vielen weiteren Kontaktverwaltungsprogrammen benutzte Adressbuchformat. Das Exportieren in das vCard-Format sollte in jedem Kontaktverwaltungsprogramm möglich sein."

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:74(title)
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr "Verschiedenes"

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:76(p)
msgid "Evolution/Mozilla/Outlook CSV/Tab (.csv, .tab):"
msgstr "Evolution/Mozilla/Outlook CSV/Tab (.csv, .tab):"

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:78(p)
msgid "CSV (Comma-separated values) or Tabulator files saved by using Evolution, Microsoft Outlook and Mozilla."
msgstr "CSV- (durch Kommta getrennte Werte) oder Tabulator-Dateien, die von Evolution, Microsoft Outlook und Mozilla gespeichert wurden."

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:80(p)
msgid "Personal Storage Table (.pst):"
msgstr "Persönliche Outlook-Ordner (.pst):"

#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:82(p)
msgid "A file format used to store local copies of messages, calendar events, and other items within Microsoft software such as Microsoft Exchange Client, Windows Messaging, and Microsoft Outlook."
msgstr "Ein Dateiformat, welches zum Speichern von lokalen Kopien von Nachrichten, Kalendereinträgen und weiteren Dingen von Microsoft Software mit Microsoft Exchange Client, Windows Messaging und Microsoft Outlook benutzt wird."

#: C/import-single-files.page:5(desc)
msgid "Importing single files."
msgstr "Einzelne Dateien importieren."

#: C/import-single-files.page:20(title)
msgid "Importing single files"
msgstr "Einzelne Dateien importieren"

#: C/import-single-files.page:22(p)
msgid "To import single files (mail, calendar data or contacts):"
msgstr ""

#: C/import-single-files.page:24(p)
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:60(p)
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:24(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Importieren</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/import-single-files.page:25(p)
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:61(p)
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:25(p)
msgid "In the <gui>Importer Type</gui> tab, click <gui>Import a single file</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/import-single-files.page:26(p)
msgid "Choose the file."
msgstr "Eine Datei wählen."

#: C/import-single-files.page:26(p)
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:62(p)
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:26(p)
msgid "The file type will be automatically determined."
msgstr "Der Dateityp wird automatisch bestimmt."

#: C/import-single-files.page:27(p)
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:65(p)
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:27(p)
msgid "Choose the destination (e.g. the folder in Evolution) for the imported data."
msgstr "Wählen Sie das Ziel dieses Imports, also den Ordner in Evolution."

#: C/import-single-files.page:30(p)
msgid "You can also import contacts that you have received as a vCard attachment of an email from its attachment menu."
msgstr ""

#: C/import-data.page:5(desc)
msgid "Importing data from another application."
msgstr "Daten aus anderen Programmen importieren."

#: C/import-data.page:20(title)
msgid "Importing data from another application"
msgstr "Daten aus anderen Programmen importieren"

#: C/import-data.page:23(title)
msgid "Applications"
msgstr "Anwendungen"

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:5(desc)
msgid "Importing data from Microsoft Outlook."
msgstr "Daten aus Microsoft Outlook importieren."

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:23(title)
msgid "Outlook"
msgstr "Outlook"

#. "Import data and settings from older programs" cannot recognize Outlook, as there obviously is no default storage location for Outlook *under Linux*
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:26(p)
msgid "These steps refer to locally stored data such as POP accounts. For remote data (like IMAP) this is not necessary, since the data is still on the server and does not need to be manually transfered. You can set up the corresponding account in Evolution and the data will be downloaded."
msgstr ""

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:29(title)
msgid "Prerequisites under Windows"
msgstr "Voraussetzungen unter Windows"

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:30(p)
msgid "First, while using Microsoft Windows, prepare your messages for import:"
msgstr "Bereiten Sie zunächst Ihre Nachrichten unter Microsoft Windows für das Importieren vor:"

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:32(p)
msgid "Find your Outlook files (they normally have the file ending <file>.pst</file> or <file>.ost</file>):"
msgstr ""

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:35(p)
msgid "Windows 7, Windows Vista"
msgstr "Windows 7, Windows Vista"

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:35(p)
msgid "Windows XP"
msgstr "Windows XP"

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:38(p)
msgid "Outlook 2010"
msgstr "Outlook 2010"

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:38(file)
msgid "C:\\Users\\username\\My Documents\\Outlook Files"
msgstr ""

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:38(file)
msgid "C:\\Documents and Settings\\username\\My Documents\\Outlook Files"
msgstr ""

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:41(p)
msgid "Outlook 2007 and earlier"
msgstr "Outlook 2007 und früher"

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:41(file)
msgid "C:\\Users\\username\\AppData\\Local\\Microsoft\\Outlook"
msgstr ""

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:41(file)
msgid "C:\\Documents and Settings\\username\\AppData\\Local\\Microsoft\\Outlook"
msgstr ""

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:44(p)
msgid "(Replace \"username\" by your username.)"
msgstr "(Ersetzen Sie »Benutzername« durch Ihren Benutzernamen)"

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:47(p)
msgid "Copy the Outlook files to the system or partition that Evolution is installed on."
msgstr "Kopieren Sie die Outlook-Dateien auf das System oder die Partition, auf der Evolution installiert ist."

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:48(p)
msgid "As your Windows hard drive is probably in the NTFS format, some Linux systems cannot read it without additional software. You might find it simpler to copy the mail folders to a USB drive or to burn a CD."
msgstr "Falls Ihre Windows-Festplatte mit NTFS formatiert ist, können einige Linux-Systeme dies nicht ohne zusätzliche Software lesen. In diesem Fall kann es einfacher sein, die E-Mail-Ordner auf ein anderes Laufwerk zu kopieren, oder eine CD zu brennen."

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:53(title)
msgid "Importing into Evolution"
msgstr "In Evolution importieren"

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:55(p)
msgid "Depending on your last step, either plug in the disk or USB drive with the data and wait until the file manager window opens, or mount your Windows drive."
msgstr ""

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:56(p)
msgid "Copy all the mail files into your home directory or another convenient place."
msgstr "Kopieren Sie alle E-Mail-Dateien in Ihren persönlichen Ordner oder an einen anderen gewünschten Ort."

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:57(p)
msgid "Start Evolution."
msgstr "Starten Sie Evolution."

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:58(p)
msgid "Optionally select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Mail Folder</gui></guiseq> to create the <link xref=\"mail-folders\">folders</link> you want."
msgstr ""

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:62(p)
msgid "Choose the Outlook personal folders (.pst) file that you would like to import."
msgstr "Bitte wählen Sie die persönliche Outlook-Ordnerdatei (.pst), die Sie importieren wollen."

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:63(p)
msgid "If the option to import Outlook personal folders (.pst files) is not available under <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import</gui><gui>Import single file</gui><gui>File type</gui></guiseq>, your distribution might have not enabled this functionality."
msgstr ""

#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:66(p)
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:28(p)
msgid "Repeat the import steps until you have imported all your data."
msgstr "Wiederholen Sie diese Schritte, bis alle Ihre Daten importiert sind."

#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:5(desc)
msgid "Importing data from Mozilla Thunderbird."
msgstr "Daten aus Mozilla Thunderbird importieren."

#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:20(title)
msgid "Mozilla"
msgstr "Mozilla"

#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:26(p)
msgid "Choose the Thunderbird files that you would like to import."
msgstr "Bitte wählen Sie Thunderbird-Dateien, die Sie importieren wollen."

#: C/groupwise-placeholder.page:5(desc)
#: C/groupwise-placeholder.page:20(title)
msgid "Connecting to GroupWise"
msgstr "Mit GroupWise verbinden"

#: C/groupwise-placeholder.page:22(p)
msgid "For topics not covered here please refer to the <link href=\"http://library.gnome.org/users/evolution/2.32/usage-groupwise.html.en\">old Evolution manual</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/google-services.page:5(desc)
msgid "Using Google services."
msgstr "Google-Dienste verwenden."

#: C/google-services.page:18(title)
msgid "Using Google services"
msgstr "Google-Dienste verwenden"

#: C/express-mode.page:5(desc)
msgid "What to do when using a small screen or netbook."
msgstr "Besonderheiten bei einem kleinen Bildschirm oder einem Netbook."

#: C/express-mode.page:20(title)
msgid "Some windows are too large for small screens."
msgstr "Einige Fenster sind für kleine Bildschirme zu groß."

#: C/express-mode.page:22(p)
msgid "This is a known problem and hard to solve for a complex application with many settings such as Evolution."
msgstr "Dies ist ein bekanntes Problem, welches für eine komplexe Anwendung wie Evolution mit zahlreichen Einstellungsmöglichkeiten schwierig zu lösen ist."

#: C/express-mode.page:23(p)
msgid "You can use the Express version which is targeted for mobile and small-screen devices. This is available from version 2.30 on and can be enabled by starting <code>evolution --express</code> from the terminal window."
msgstr ""

#: C/express-mode.page:25(p)
msgid "You can also explicitly open Evolution in a specific component. For the calendar, use <code>evolution --express --component=calendar</code>."
msgstr ""

#: C/exporting-data.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to export data from <em>Evolution</em>."
msgstr "Daten aus <em>Evolution</em> exportieren."

#: C/exporting-data.page:20(title)
msgid "Exporting data from <em>Evolution</em>"
msgstr "Daten aus <em>Evolution</em> exportieren"

#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to export mail data from <em>Evolution</em>."
msgstr "Über den Export von Nachrichtendaten aus <em>Evolution</em>."

#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:20(title)
msgid "Exporting mail data"
msgstr "E-Mail-Daten importieren"

#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:22(p)
msgid "To save an email to a file in <link href=\"https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/Mbox\">mbox</link> format, select an email and click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save as mbox...</gui></guiseq> or right-click on the message and click <gui>Save as mbox...</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:24(p)
msgid "The same steps apply to save a complete mail folder, but you have to mark all messages in it first."
msgstr ""

#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to export contacts data from <em>Evolution</em>."
msgstr "Über den Export von Kontaktdaten aus <em>Evolution</em>."

#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:23(title)
msgid "Exporting contacts data"
msgstr "Kontaktdaten exportieren"

#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:25(p)
msgid "Contacts files are stored in a database, but can be saved as a vCard file."
msgstr "Kontaktdateien sind in einer Datenbank gespeichert, können aber als vCard-Datei gespeichert werden."

#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:26(p)
msgid "To export a complete address book, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save Address Book As vCard</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:27(p)
msgid "If you want to export only one contact, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save as vCard</gui></guiseq> or right-click on the contact and click <gui>Save as vCard</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to export calendar data from <em>Evolution</em>."
msgstr "Das Exportieren von Kalenderdaten aus <em>Evolution</em>."

#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:20(title)
msgid "Exporting calendar data"
msgstr "Kalenderdaten exportieren"

#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:22(p)
msgid "To export a complete calendar, right-click on the calendar in the list of calendars and click <gui>Save as</gui>. Available formats are iCalendar format (ICS, recommended), comma separated values (CSV), and RDF format."
msgstr ""

#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:23(p)
msgid "If you want to export only one appointment, right-click on the appointment and click <gui>Save as iCalendar...</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/exchange-placeholder.page:5(desc)
#: C/exchange-placeholder.page:20(title)
msgid "Connecting to Exchange Servers"
msgstr "Mit Exchange-Servern verbinden"

#: C/exchange-placeholder.page:22(p)
msgid "For topics not covered here please refer to the <link href=\"http://library.gnome.org/users/evolution/2.32/usage-exchange.html.en\">old Evolution manual</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:5(desc)
msgid "Which additional package to install in order to connect to an Exchange server."
msgstr ""

#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:20(title)
msgid "Choosing the right connector"
msgstr "Die richtige Anbindung wählen"

#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:22(p)
msgid "Depending on the version of the Microsoft Exchange server that you would like to connect to it is required to make sure that an additional package is installed that provides this functionality."
msgstr "Abhängig von der Version des Microsoft Exchange-Servers, zu dem Sie eine Verbindung herstellen wollen, müssen Sie sicher stellen, dass ein zusätzliches Paket installiert ist, welches diese Funktionalität bereitstellt."

#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:24(p)
msgid "For Microsoft Exchange 2000 and 2003 (and possibly earlier versions of Exchange that use Outlook Web Access) it is recommended to use the package evolution-exchange. <link action=\"install:evolution-exchange\" href=\"http://projects.gnome.org/evolution/download\">Install evolution-exchange now.</link>"
msgstr ""

#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:26(p)
msgid "For Microsoft Exchange 2007 and 2010 (and possibly earlier versions that support MAPI) it is recommended to use the package evolution-mapi. <link action=\"install:evolution-mapi\" href=\"http://projects.gnome.org/evolution/download\">Install evolution-mapi now.</link>"
msgstr ""

#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:27(p)
msgid "For Microsoft Exchange 2007 and 2010 the package evolution-ews is currently under development and will replace evolution-mapi in the future. It might not be available yet for your distribution. <link action=\"install:evolution-ews\" href=\"http://projects.gnome.org/evolution/download\">Install evolution-ews now.</link>"
msgstr ""

#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:29(p)
msgid "If you are unsure which Microsoft Exchange server version is used, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information."
msgstr "Falls Sie die Version des Microsoft Exchange-Servers nicht kennen, so fragen Sie Ihren Administrator."

#: C/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page:5(desc)
msgid "Deleting emails and calendar entries to reduce the size of the files used by Evolution."
msgstr "Nachrichten oder Kalendereinträge löschen, um die Größe der von Evolution verwendeten Dateien zu verringern."

#: C/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page:20(title)
msgid "Freeing disk space by deleting items"
msgstr "Platz durch Löschen von Objekten freigeben"

#: C/deleting-emails.page:5(desc)
msgid "Deleting emails or attachments to reduce the size of the mailbox."
msgstr "Nachrichten oder Anhänge löschen, um die Größe des Postfachs zu verringern."

#: C/deleting-emails.page:25(title)
msgid "Deleting emails or attachments permanently"
msgstr "Nachrichten oder Anhänge dauerhaft löschen"

#: C/deleting-emails.page:28(title)
msgid "Emails"
msgstr "E-Mails"

#: C/deleting-emails.page:29(p)
msgid "Evolution deletes emails on IMAP servers by <em>marking</em> the messages for deletion; space is not freed until you <em>expunge</em> the marked emails."
msgstr ""

#: C/deleting-emails.page:31(p)
msgid "To Expunge a specific folder, go to <guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Expunge</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>. To Expunge all folders, go to <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Empty Trash</gui></guiseq>. This applies to other types of accounts as well."
msgstr ""

#: C/deleting-emails.page:35(title)
msgid "Attachments"
msgstr "Anlagen"

#: C/deleting-emails.page:36(p)
msgid "To delete the attachments of an email, select the message and click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Remove Attachments</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/deleting-appointments.page:5(desc)
msgid "Deleting calendar entries to reduce the size of the mailbox."
msgstr "Kalendereinträge löschen, um die Größe des Postfachs zu verringern."

#: C/deleting-appointments.page:20(title)
msgid "Deleting old appointments permanently"
msgstr "Alte Termine dauerhaft löschen"

#: C/deleting-appointments.page:22(p)
msgid "To Purge old entries in a calendar, go to <guiseq><gui>Actions</gui><gui>Purge</gui></guiseq> in the Calendar view. You will be asked how many days old the events to remove from the calendar should be. The action will be applied to the currently opened calendar (selected in the list of calendars on the left); other calendars remain unchanged."
msgstr ""

#: C/default-browser.page:5(desc)
msgid "How to define the default browser to open links with."
msgstr "Den Standardbrowser zum Öffnen von Verweisen festlegen."

#: C/default-browser.page:20(title)
msgid "Setting the default browser"
msgstr "Einrichten des vorgegebenen Browsers"

#. For GNOME2 the steps are to define the gconf keys /desktop/gnome/url-handlers/http and /https
#: C/default-browser.page:24(p)
msgid "You can set the system-wide default browser in GNOME 3 under <guiseq><gui>Activities</gui><gui>Applications</gui><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>System</gui><gui>System Info</gui><gui>Default Applications</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/default-browser.page:25(p)
msgid "If the preferred browser is set as default application but still does not work correctly please contact your distribution via their forum or bug tracker."
msgstr ""

#: C/default-browser.page:26(p)
msgid "GNOME 3 users with a technical background can tweak these settings by defining scheme-handlers in <file>$HOME/.local/share/applications/mimeapps.list</file>."
msgstr ""

#: C/data-storage.page:5(desc)
msgid "Where does Evolution store my data on the harddisk?"
msgstr ""

#: C/data-storage.page:20(title)
msgid "Data storage locations"
msgstr "Orte zur Datenspeicherung"

#: C/data-storage.page:23(p)
msgid "This is only interesting for advanced users that want to debug problems."
msgstr ""

#: C/data-storage.page:26(p)
msgid "If you run Evolution 2.32.0 or later, data will be stored according to the <link href=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/basedir-spec\">XDG Base Directory Specification</link>. By default this means:"
msgstr ""

#: C/data-storage.page:30(title)
msgid "The user's data files"
msgstr "Die Dateien mit den Benutzerdaten"

#: C/data-storage.page:31(p)
msgid "$HOME/.local/share/evolution"
msgstr "$HOME/.local/share/evolution"

#: C/data-storage.page:34(title)
msgid "Various configuration and state files"
msgstr "Verschiedene Konfigurations- und Statusdateien"

#: C/data-storage.page:35(p)
msgid "$HOME/.config/evolution"
msgstr "$HOME/.config/evolution"

#: C/data-storage.page:38(title)
msgid "Disposable data caches"
msgstr "Entbehrliche Daten-Zwischenspeicher"

#: C/data-storage.page:39(p)
msgid "$HOME/.cache/evolution"
msgstr "$HOME/.cache/evolution"

#: C/data-storage.page:42(title)
msgid "Configuration settings in GConf"
msgstr "Konfigurationseinstellungen in GConf"

#: C/data-storage.page:43(p)
msgid "$HOME/.gconf/apps/evolution"
msgstr "$HOME/.gconf/apps/evolution"

#: C/credits.page:5(desc)
msgid "Credits and Acknowledgment."
msgstr "Danksagungen."

#: C/credits.page:20(title)
msgid "Credits and Acknowledgment"
msgstr "Danksagungen"

#: C/credits.page:23(title)
msgid "Authors of the Evolution User Documentation"
msgstr "Die Autoren des Benutzerhandbuchs von Evolution"

#: C/credits.page:25(p)
#: C/credits.page:49(p)
msgid "André Klapper"
msgstr "André Klapper"

#: C/credits.page:28(p)
msgid "April Gonzalez"
msgstr "April Gonzalez"

#: C/credits.page:41(title)
msgid "Authors of the previous version"
msgstr "Die Autoren der vorherigen Version"

#: C/credits.page:43(p)
msgid "Aaron Weber"
msgstr "Aaron Weber"

#: C/credits.page:46(p)
msgid "Akhil Laddha"
msgstr "Akhil Laddha"

#: C/credits.page:52(p)
msgid "Duncan Mak"
msgstr "Duncan Mak"

#: C/credits.page:55(p)
msgid "Ettore Perazzoli"
msgstr "Ettore Perazzoli"

#: C/credits.page:58(p)
msgid "Francisco Javier F. Serrador"
msgstr "Francisco Javier F. Serrador"

#: C/credits.page:61(p)
msgid "Jessica Prabhakar"
msgstr "Jessica Prabhakar"

#: C/credits.page:64(p)
msgid "Kevin Breit"
msgstr "Kevin Breit"

#: C/credits.page:67(p)
msgid "Mark Moulder"
msgstr "Mark Moulder"

#: C/credits.page:70(p)
msgid "Novell, Inc."
msgstr "Novell, Inc."

#: C/credits.page:73(p)
msgid "Radhika Nair"
msgstr "Radhika Nair"

#: C/credits.page:76(p)
msgid "Srinivasa Ragavan"
msgstr "Srinivasa Ragavan"

#: C/credits.page:83(title)
msgid "Contact information"
msgstr "Kontaktinformationen"

#: C/credits.page:84(p)
msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project:"
msgstr "Das GNOME-Dokumentationsprojekt:"

#: C/credits.page:87(link)
msgid "Website"
msgstr "Webseite"

#: C/credits.page:90(link)
msgid "Mailing list"
msgstr "Mailingliste"

#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:5(desc)
msgid "Adding and using more than one address book and different types."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:20(title)
msgid "Using several address books"
msgstr "Verschiedene Adressbücher verwenden"

#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:22(p)
msgid "You can have multiple address books. For example, you might have one address book for work related contacts and one for private contacts. The side bar lists those address books, and you can select which address book is shown."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:24(p)
msgid "You can also use address books that are not on your computer, such as on the internet (e.g. Google) or in a local network (e.g. LDAP)."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:5(desc)
msgid "Using contact lists for grouping contacts."
msgstr "Kontaktlisten zum Gruppieren von Kontakten verwenden."

#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:23(title)
msgid "Using Contact Lists"
msgstr "Verwendung von Kontaktlisten"

#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:25(p)
msgid "A contact list is a set of contacts with a single nickname that you create. When you send mail to this nickname it is actually sent to every member of the list. This differs from a \"real\" mailing list in that it exists only on your computer as a convenience to you, rather than as an actual email address managed by a mailing list application on a server."
msgstr "Eine Kontaktliste ist eine Anzahl von Kontakten, die von Ihnen einen Spitznamen erhält. Wenn Sie eine E-Mail an diesen Spitznamen schicken, so wird diese E-Mail an alle Mitglieder dieser Kontaktliste verschickt. Der Unterschied zu einer klassischen Mailingliste ist, dass diese Kontaktliste nur auf Ihrem Rechner zu Ihrer Bequemlichkeit existiert, und nicht wie eine echte Mailingliste von einer Software auf einem Server verwaltet wird."

#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:27(p)
msgid "For example, you could create one contact for each family member, then add those contacts to a contact list called \"Family\". Then, instead of entering each person's email address individually, you can send emails to \"Family\" and the messages would go to all of them."
msgstr "Sie können zum Beispiel in Evolution einen Kontakt für jedes Familienmitglied erstellen und dann all diese Kontakte zu einer Kontaktliste hinzufügen, die Sie »Familie« nennen. Danach können Sie, anstelle jede E-Mail-Adresse der Familienmitglieder einzeln einzugeben, einfach eine E-Mail an »Familie« schreiben und die E-Mail wird automatisch an alle einzelnen Familienmitglieder versendet."

#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:30(title)
msgid "Creating a contact list"
msgstr "Eine Kontaktliste erstellen"

#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:32(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Contact List</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Neu</gui><gui>Kontaktliste</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:34(p)
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:24(p)
msgid "Select the address book under <gui>Where:</gui> to which it will be added."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:35(p)
msgid "Specify the list members by either entering the names or email addresses of contacts (the text field supports autocompletion), or by dragging contacts from the Contacts window into the list, or by using the <gui style=\"button\">Select...</gui> button."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:36(p)
msgid "Choose whether you want to hide the email addresses when you send a message to the list."
msgstr "Wählen Sie, ob die einzelnen E-Mail-Adressen der Empfänger angezeigt werden sollen, wenn Sie eine Nachricht an die Kontaktliste senden."

#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:36(p)
msgid "Unless it is a very small list, it is recommended that you leave the addresses hidden. This is the same thing as using the “Bcc:” feature discussed in <link xref=\"mail-composer-several-recipients\">Sending a message to several recipients</link>."
msgstr "Falls es sich nicht um eine sehr kleine Liste handelt, wird empfohlen, die Adressen nicht anzeigen zu lassen. Hierbei handelt es sich um dieselbe Funktion wie die unter <link xref=\"mail-composer-several-recipients\">Weitere Empfänger zu einer E-Mail hinzufügen</link> beschriebene »Blindkopie«-Funktion."

#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:40(p)
msgid "The contact list will be added to the chosen address book in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:44(title)
msgid "Sending messages to a contact list"
msgstr "Nachrichten an eine Kontaktliste senden"

#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:45(p)
msgid "To send a message to the contact list, enter the name that you chose for the contact list as the recipient in the mail composer. You can also right-click the contact list in your address book and select <gui>Send Message to List</gui>."
msgstr "Um der Kontaktliste zu schreiben, geben Sie im E-Mail-Editor den Namen als Empfänger ein, den Sie für die Kontaktliste ausgewählt haben. Sie können auch die rechte Maustaste in der Kontaktliste im Adressbuch drücken und <gui>Nachricht an Liste schicken</gui> auswählen."

#: C/contacts-usage.page:5(desc)
msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting contacts in address books."
msgstr "Kontakte im Adressbuch hinzufügen, bearbeiten und löschen."

#: C/contacts-usage.page:20(title)
msgid "Add, Edit, and Delete Contacts"
msgstr "Kontakt hinzufügen, bearbeiten und löschen"

#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:5(desc)
msgid "Editing a contact in your address book."
msgstr "Einen Kontakt in Ihrem Adressbuch bearbeiten."

#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:20(title)
msgid "Editing a Contact"
msgstr "Einen Kontakt bearbeiten"

#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:22(p)
msgid "If you want to change a contact that already exists in your address books,"
msgstr "Wenn Sie Kontaktinformationen eines in Ihren Adressbüchern bereits bestehenden Kontakts ändern möchten,"

#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:25(p)
msgid "Double-click on the contact that you want to edit in the list of contacts, or select the contact and press <key>Enter</key>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie doppelt mit der linken Maustaste in der Kontaktliste auf den Kontakt, den Sie bearbeiten möchten, oder wählen Sie den Kontakt aus und drücken Sie die <key>Eingabetaste</key>."

#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:26(p)
msgid "Edit the contact information."
msgstr "Die Kontaktinformationen bearbeiten."

#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:5(desc)
msgid "Deleting a contact from your address book."
msgstr "Einen Kontakt aus Ihrem Adressbuch löschen."

#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:20(title)
msgid "Deleting a Contact"
msgstr "Einen Kontakt löschen"

#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:22(p)
msgid "If you want to delete a contact in your address books, right-click on the contact and select <gui>Delete</gui>, or click on the contact and click <gui>Delete</gui> in the tool bar or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq>, or click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Delete Contact</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:5(desc)
msgid "Adding a contact to your address book."
msgstr "Einen Kontakt zum Adressbuch hinzufügen."

#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:20(title)
msgid "Adding a Contact"
msgstr "Einen Kontakt hinzufügen"

#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:23(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Contact</gui></guiseq>, or right-click in a blank space in the list of contacts and click \"New Contact...\", or press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:25(p)
msgid "Enter the contact information. Note that there are several tabs."
msgstr "Geben Sie die gewünschten Kontaktinformationen ein. Beachten Sie, dass mehrere Reiter vorhanden sind."

#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:26(p)
msgid "You can add a photograph to the contact by clicking the large field (showing a stylized person) next to <gui>Full Name</gui> and <gui>Categories</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:31(title)
msgid "Contact Quick-Add from the Email Window"
msgstr "Kontakt im E-Mail-Fenster schnell hinzufügen"

#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:33(p)
msgid "You can also add a contact directly from an email."
msgstr "Sie können auch einen Kontakt direkt aus einer E-Mail heraus hinzufügen."

#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:35(p)
msgid "Right-click on the email address in the message header."
msgstr "Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die E-Mail-Adresse in der Kopfzeile der Nachricht."

#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:36(p)
msgid "Select <gui>Add to Address Book...</gui>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie <gui>Zum Adressbuch hinzufügen …</gui>."

#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:37(p)
msgid "Either press <gui style=\"button\">Edit Full</gui> to bring up the full <gui>Contact Editor</gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui> to directly add the contact to the chosen address book."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-searching.page:5(desc)
msgid "Searching contacts."
msgstr "Nach Kontakten suchen."

#: C/contacts-searching.page:28(title)
msgid "Searching Contacts"
msgstr "Nach Kontakten suchen"

#: C/contacts-searching.page:31(p)
msgid "In the Calendar view, you can quickly search for contacts either by category or by contact's info."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-searching.page:32(p)
msgid "Searching by contact's info:"
msgstr "Nach Kontaktinformationen suchen:"

#: C/contacts-organizing.page:5(desc)
msgid "On address books, searching, contact lists, and categories."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-organizing.page:21(title)
msgid "Sorting, organizing and grouping contacts"
msgstr "Sortieren, Organisieren und Gruppieren Ihrer Kontakte"

#: C/contacts-organizing.page:23(p)
msgid "There are several ways how to organize your contacts. You can use several addressbooks and categories, and for conveniently sending messages to a group of people contact lists are available."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-local.page:5(desc)
msgid "Adding another local address book."
msgstr "Ein weiteres lokales Adressbuch hinzufügen."

#: C/contacts-local.page:20(title)
msgid "Adding another local address book"
msgstr "Ein weiteres lokales Adressbuch hinzufügen"

#: C/contacts-local.page:22(p)
#: C/calendar-local.page:22(p)
msgid "To add another local calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:"
msgstr "Sie fügen wie folgt eine weiteren lokalen Kalender zu Evolution hinzu:"

#: C/contacts-local.page:24(p)
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:31(p)
#: C/contacts-google.page:25(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Address Book</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Neu</gui><gui>Adressbuch</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/contacts-local.page:30(p)
#: C/contacts-google.page:34(p)
msgid "The address book will be added to the list of address books in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:5(desc)
msgid "Use shared address books on a local network."
msgstr "Die freigegebenen Adressbücher im Netzwerk verwenden."

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:23(title)
msgid "Adding LDAP access"
msgstr "LDAP-Zugriff ermöglichen"

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:25(p)
msgid "The LDAP protocol was created to let users share contact information over a network by sharing access to a central directory. LDAP allows a company to maintain a shared set of contact information. Many companies keep a common LDAP address book for all their employees or for client contacts."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Protokoll wurde entworfen, damit Benutzer Kontaktinformationen zentral über ein Netzwerk teilen können. LDAP ermöglicht einem Unternehmen, eine Reihe von freigegebenen Kontaktinformationen zu verwalten. Viele Firmen nutzen ein LDAP-Adressbuch für alle Ihre Mitarbeiter oder für Kundenkontakte."

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:28(title)
msgid "Adding an LDAP address book"
msgstr "Ein LDAP-Adressbuch hinzufügen"

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:32(p)
msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab, select the type <gui>On LDAP Servers</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:34(p)
msgid "Enter the address of the server, the port number (the default number is 389) and whether you want to connect securely."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:35(p)
msgid "Define the login method and your user name."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:37(p)
msgid "In the <gui>Details</gui> tab you can define the following settings:"
msgstr "Im Reiter <gui>Details</gui> können Sie Folgendes einstellen:"

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:39(p)
msgid "Search Base: The search base is the starting point for a directory search. Contact your system administrator for information about the correct settings."
msgstr "Suchbasis: Die Suchbasis ist der Punkt, an dem eine Ordnersuche beginnt. Fragen Sie Ihren Systemverwalter nach weiteren Informationen über die richtigen Einstellungen."

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:40(p)
msgid "Search Scope: The search scope is the breadth of a given search. The following options are available:"
msgstr "Suchbereich: Der Suchbereich legt fest, wie tief bei der Suche in den Ordnerbaum abgestiegen werden soll. Es gibt folgende Möglichkeiten:"

# kontrollieren
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:42(p)
#, fuzzy
msgid "One: Searches the Search Base and one entry below it."
msgstr "Dursucht lediglich die Ebene unterhalb des Ausgangspunktes der Suche."

# kontrollieren
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:43(p)
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sub: Searches the Search Base and all entries below it."
msgstr "Die Suchbasis und alle Einträge darunter durchsuchen."

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:46(p)
msgid "Search Filter: The search filter can be set here for all the LDAP queries. For example:"
msgstr "Suchfilter: Hier kann der Suchfilter für alle LDAP-Anfragen bestimmt werden. Zum Beispiel:"

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:48(p)
msgid "<code>ObjectClass=*</code>: Lists all the objects from the server."
msgstr "<code>ObjectClass=*</code>: Listet alle Objekte des Servers auf."

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:49(p)
msgid "<code>ObjectClass=User</code>: Lists only the users."
msgstr "<code>ObjectClass=User</code>: Listet nur die Benutzer auf."

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:50(p)
msgid "<code>Filter (|(ObjectClass=User)(ObjectClass=groupOfNames))</code>: Retrieves the User and Contact List objects."
msgstr "<code>Filter (|(ObjectClass=User)(ObjectClass=groupOfNames))</code>: Holt die Benutzer- und Kontaktlistenobjekte."

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:51(p)
msgid "<code>(&amp;(mail=*)(ObjectClass=*))</code>: Lists the objects associated with the email addresses."
msgstr "<code>(&amp;(mail=*)(ObjectClass=*))</code>: Listet den E-Mail-Adressen zugeordnete Objekte auf."

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:54(p)
msgid "Timeout (minutes): The maximum time Evolution attempts to download data from the server before giving up."
msgstr "Zeitablauf (in Minuten): Die maximale Zeit in Minuten, die Evolution versuchen soll, Daten vom Server herunterzuladen, bevor Evolution aufgibt."

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:55(p)
msgid "Download Limit: The maximum number of results for a given search. Most servers refuse to send more than 500 contacts, but you can set the number lower if you want to shorten downloads for very broad searches."
msgstr "Download-Grenze: Die maximale Anzahl Resultate für eine bestimmte Suche. Die meisten Server geben nicht mehr als 500 Resultate aus, aber Sie können diese Anzahl heruntersetzen, falls Sie bei sehr allgemeinen Suchen weniger Daten herunterladen möchten."

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:60(p)
msgid "If you are unsure about some settings, ask your system administrator."
msgstr "Falls Sie sich bei einigen Einstellungen nicht sicher sind, so fragen Sie Ihren Administrator."

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:65(title)
msgid "Differences to local address books"
msgstr "unterschiede zu lokalen Adressbüchern"

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:67(p)
msgid "LDAP address books work like local address books on your computer, with the following exceptions:"
msgstr "LDAP-Adressbücher verhalten sich wie lokale Adressbücher auf Ihrem Rechner, mit folgenden Ausnahmen:"

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:69(p)
msgid "Network folders are only available when you are connected to the network. If you use a laptop or have a modem connection, you might want to copy or cache some of the network directory. You do this by dragging and dropping your desired contacts into the local address books."
msgstr "Netzwerkordner sind nur verfügbar, wenn Sie mit dem Netzwerk verbunden sind. Falls Sie einen Laptop oder eine Modem-Verbindung benutzen, möchten Sie gegebenenfalls eine lokale Kopie des Netzwerkordners haben. Ziehen Sie hierzu die gewünschten Kontakte mit der Maus in eines Ihrer lokalen Adressbücher."

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:70(p)
msgid "You can also mark the network folder for offline usage. To mark the folder, right-click the folder, click Properties and select Copy Folder Content Locally for Offline Operation."
msgstr "Sie können einen Netzwerkordner auch für die Offline-Nutzung markieren. Klicken Sie hierzu mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Ordner, wählen Sie Eigenschaften, und wählen Sie <gui>Ordnerinhalt lokal zum Arbeiten im Offline-Modus kopieren</gui>."

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:71(p)
msgid "To prevent excess network traffic, Evolution does not normally load data from the LDAP server upon opening."
msgstr "Um erhöhten Netzwerkverkehr zu vermeiden, lädt Evolution beim Start normalerweise nicht automatisch Daten vom LDAP-Server."

#: C/contacts-ldap.page:72(p)
msgid "Depending on your server settings, you might not be able to edit all the fields in a contact stored on an LDAP server. Some servers prohibit some or all changes, and others use a smaller set of fields than Evolution allows. Check with your system administrator if you need different settings."
msgstr "Abhängig von Ihren Server-Einstellungen kann es sein, dass Sie nicht alle Felder eines Kontakts bearbeiten können, der auf einem LDAP-Server gespeichert ist. Einige Server verbieten das Ändern einiger oder aller Angaben, und einige benutzen weniger Informationsfelder als all diejenigen, die von Evolution unterstützt werden. Reden Sie mit Ihrem Systemadministrator, falls Sie andere Einstellungen benötigen."

#: C/contacts-google.page:5(desc)
msgid "Use the online address book of your Google account."
msgstr "Das Online-Adressbuch Ihres Google-Kontos nutzen."

#: C/contacts-google.page:21(title)
msgid "Using a Google addressbook"
msgstr "Ein Google-Adressbuch verwenden"

#: C/contacts-google.page:23(p)
msgid "To add such an address book to Evolution, perform the following steps:"
msgstr "um ein solches Adressbuch in Evolution hinzuzufügen, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:"

#: C/contacts-google.page:26(p)
#: C/calendar-google.page:29(p)
msgid "Select the type <gui>Google</gui>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie den Typ <gui>Google</gui>."

#: C/contacts-google.page:29(p)
#: C/calendar-google.page:33(p)
msgid "Enter your Google username."
msgstr "Geben Sie Ihren Google-Benutzernamen ein."

#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:5(desc)
msgid "Autocompletion of names and email addresses entered in the mail composer."
msgstr "Automatische Vervollständigung von Namen und E-Mail-Adressen im E-Mail-Editor."

#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:27(title)
msgid "Autocompletion of mail recipients"
msgstr "Automatische Vervollständigung der E-Mail-Empfänger"

#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:29(p)
msgid "You can enter the first three letters of names and email addresses in the recipients text field and Evolution will present you with a list of matches from your address books."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:30(p)
msgid "To enable autocompletion, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Contacts</gui><gui>Autocompletion</gui></guiseq> and choose the address books from the list that Evolution should look in for matches."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:32(p)
msgid "Select <gui>Always show address of the autocompleted contact</gui> to also show the email address along with the name. This can be helpful to distinguish if a contact has several email addresses."
msgstr "Wählen Sie das Ankreuzfeld <gui>Immer Adressen automatisch vervollständigter Kontakte anzeigen</gui>, um die E-Mail-Adresse zusammen mit dem Benutzernamen anzeigen zu lassen. Dies ist zum Unterscheiden mehrerer E-Mail-Adressen eines Kontakts nützlich."

#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:34(p)
msgid "Alternately, you can click the <gui>To:</gui>, <gui>Cc:</gui>, or <gui>Bcc:</gui> buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your contacts. Select addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into the appropriate address columns."
msgstr "Alternativ können Sie auch auf die <gui>An</gui>:-, <gui>Kopie an:</gui>- und <gui>Blindkopie an:</gui>-Knöpfe klicken, um eine Liste der E-Mail-Adressen Ihrer Kontakte zu erhalten. Wählen Sie die gewünschten Adressen aus und verwenden Sie die Pfeilknöpfe, um die Adressen zu den Feldern hinzuzufügen."

#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:5(desc)
msgid "Automatically add senders of mail that you have received to your contacts."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:24(title)
msgid "Adding people automatically to my contacts"
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:27(p)
msgid "You can add people automatically to your contacts when you reply to received email. Enable the plugin <gui>Automatic Contacts</gui> by going to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Plugins</gui></guiseq>; click on \"Automatic Contacts\" so that it shows a check mark. Then go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Contacts</gui><gui>Automatic Contacts</gui></guiseq> and enable the <gui>Create address book entries when sending emails</gui> option and select an address book in the drop-down field below that will receive the new contacts."
msgstr ""

#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:28(p)
msgid "From now on, contacts will be automatically created for senders of received mail when you reply to that mail."
msgstr ""

#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:5(desc)
msgid "Changing the display of the window buttons in the lower left corner."
msgstr ""

#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:19(title)
msgid "Changing the Switcher appearance"
msgstr "Das Erscheinungsbild der Knöpfe ändern"

#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:21(p)
msgid "The display of the window buttons in the lower left corner (Mail, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks and Memos) can be changed via <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Switcher Appearance</gui></guiseq>. This can be helpful if you have a small display. You can also completely hide them."
msgstr ""

#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:22(p)
msgid "The available options are:"
msgstr "Die folgenden Optionen sind verfügbar:"

#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:24(p)
msgid "Icons and Text"
msgstr "Symbole und Text"

#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:27(p)
msgid "Icons Only"
msgstr "Nur Symbole"

#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:30(p)
msgid "Text Only"
msgstr "Nur Text"

#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:33(p)
msgid "Toolbar Style"
msgstr "Werkzeugleistenstil"

#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:36(p)
msgid "Show Buttons"
msgstr "Knöpfe anzeigen"

#: C/calendar-webdav.page:5(desc)
msgid "Using an online Webcal/WebDAV calendar."
msgstr "So nutzen Sie einen Online-Webcal/WebDAV-Kalender."

#: C/calendar-webdav.page:20(title)
msgid "Using a WebDAV calendar"
msgstr "Einen WebDAV-Kalender verwenden"

#: C/calendar-webdav.page:22(p)
#: C/calendar-weather.page:22(p)
msgid "Calendars of this type are read-only."
msgstr "Kalender dieser Art können nur gelesen werden."

#: C/calendar-webdav.page:24(p)
#: C/calendar-weather.page:24(p)
#: C/calendar-google.page:26(p)
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:25(p)
msgid "To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:"
msgstr "Um einen solchen Kalender in Evolution hinzuzufügen, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:"

#: C/calendar-webdav.page:26(p)
#: C/calendar-weather.page:26(p)
#: C/calendar-local.page:24(p)
#: C/calendar-google.page:28(p)
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:27(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Calendar</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Neu</gui><gui>Kalender</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/calendar-webdav.page:31(p)
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:32(p)
msgid "Enter the address of the calendar in the <gui>URL</gui> field."
msgstr "Geben Sie die Adresse des Kalenders in das Feld <gui>Adresse</gui> ein."

#: C/calendar-webdav.page:37(p)
#: C/calendar-weather.page:37(p)
#: C/calendar-local.page:31(p)
#: C/calendar-google.page:38(p)
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:38(p)
msgid "The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution."
msgstr "Der Kalender wird daraufhin zu den Kalendern in Evolution hinzugefügt."

#: C/calendar-weather.page:5(desc)
msgid "Display the weather in the calendar."
msgstr "Das Wetter im Kalender anzeigen."

#: C/calendar-weather.page:20(title)
msgid "Using a weather calendar"
msgstr "Einen Wetterkalender verwenden"

#: C/calendar-weather.page:27(p)
msgid "Select the type <gui>Weather</gui>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie den Typ <gui>Wetter</gui>."

#: C/calendar-weather.page:31(p)
msgid "Choose a location by selecting continent, country and city."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-weather.page:33(p)
msgid "Choose the temperature unit."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Temperatureinheit."

#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:5(desc)
msgid "Adding and using more than one calendar and different types."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:23(title)
msgid "Using several calendars"
msgstr "Verschiedene Kalender verwenden"

#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:25(p)
msgid "You can have multiple calendars and overlay them one over the next. For example, you might have a schedule of events for work, one for home, and one for your favorite sports team. The side bar lists those calendars, and you can select or deselect the boxes next to them to show and hide the appointments in your calendar view. By hiding and showing different sets of appointments, you can be sure to avoid conflicts, while keeping a minimum of clutter in your view."
msgstr "In Evolution können Sie mehrere Kalender verwenden und diese gleichzeitig darstellen lassen. So können Sie zum Beispiel einen Kalender für Ihre Arbeitstermine, einen Kalender für Ihre privaten Termine und einen für Ihre Lieblingssportmannschaft führen. In der Seitenleiste werden diese Kalender aufgelistet, und Sie können durch das Aus- und Abwählen der Ankreuzfelder neben den Namen entscheiden, welche Einträge in Ihrer Kalenderansicht angezeigt werden sollen. Indem Sie verschiedene Auswahlen von Termine anzeigen lassen, können Sie Terminkonflikte und zu viel Durcheinander in der Kalenderansicht vermeiden."

#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:27(p)
msgid "Appointments for each calendar appear as a different color."
msgstr "Die Termine jeden Kalenders erscheinen in einer anderen Farbe."

#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:29(p)
msgid "You can also use calendars that are not on your computer, such as on the internet or in a local network."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:31(p)
msgid "For example, the <link href=\"http://icalshare.com\">icalshare.com website</link> has an extensive list of shared online calendars, including national and religious holidays, phases of the moon, sports, and local and regional events."
msgstr "Zum Beispiel bietet die <link href=\"http://icalshare.com\">icalshare.com-Internetseite</link> eine umfangreiche Liste an öffentlichen Online-Kalendern, inklusive nationalen und religiösen Feiertagen, Mondkalendern, Sportkalendern sowie lokalen und regionalen Veranstaltungen."

#: C/calendar-usage.page:5(desc)
msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting appointments."
msgstr "Über das Hinzufügen, Bearbeiten und Löschen von Terminen."

#: C/calendar-usage.page:21(title)
msgid "Add, Edit, and Delete Appointments"
msgstr "Termine hinzufügen, bearbeiten und löschen"

#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:5(desc)
msgid "Editing in appointment in your calendar."
msgstr "Einen Termin in Ihrem Kalender bearbeiten."

#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:20(title)
msgid "Editing an Appointment"
msgstr "Einen Termin bearbeiten"

#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:22(p)
msgid "If you want to change an appointment that already exists in your calendars,"
msgstr "Wenn Sie einen bereits in Ihrem Kalender bestehenden Termin ändern möchten,"

#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:25(p)
msgid "Double-click on the appointment that you want to edit in the calendar."
msgstr "Klicken Sie doppelt mit der linken Maustaste im Kalender auf den Termin, den Sie bearbeiten möchten."

#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:26(p)
msgid "Edit the appointment (see <link xref=\"calendar-usage-add-appointment\">Adding an Appointment</link> for the list of available options)."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:5(desc)
msgid "Deleting in appointment in your calendar."
msgstr "Einen Termin in Ihrem Kalender löschen."

#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:20(title)
msgid "Deleting an Appointment"
msgstr "Einen Termin löschen"

#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:22(p)
msgid "If you want to delete an appointment in your calendars, right-click on the appointment in the calendar and select <gui>Delete Appointment</gui>, or click on the appointment and click <gui>Delete</gui> in the tool bar or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq>. If you are in the <link xref=\"calendar-layout-views\">list view</link> you can also use <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Delete Appointment</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:5(desc)
msgid "Adding an appointment."
msgstr "Einen Termin hinzufügen."

#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:20(title)
msgid "Adding an Appointment"
msgstr "Einen Termin hinzufügen"

#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:23(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Appointment</gui></guiseq>, or double-click in a blank space in the calendar to open the Appointment dialog. The particular time on the calendar view against which you have double clicked on will be suggested for the new appointment. You can also directly write in the calendar and then adjust the duration by dragging it with the mouse."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Neu</gui><gui>Termin</gui></guiseq> oder zweimal in einen leeren Bereich in der Kalenderansicht, um den Termin-Editor zu öffnen. Der Termin wird für genau die Zeit vorgeschlagen, auf welche Sie in der Kalenderansicht geklickt haben. Sie können auch direkt in den Kalender schreiben und die Termindauer durch Ziehen mit dem Mauszeiger anpassen."

#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:24(p)
msgid "If you use the Appointment dialog:"
msgstr "Falls Sie den Termindialog verwenden:"

#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:25(p)
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:33(p)
msgid "Select a calendar in the <gui>Calendar</gui> drop-down list."
msgstr "Wählen Sie einen Kalender in der <gui>Kalender</gui>-Auswahlliste."

#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:26(p)
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:36(p)
msgid "Enter a brief summary in the <gui>Summary</gui> field."
msgstr "Geben Sie eine kurze Zusammenfassung im <gui>Zusammenfassung</gui>-Feld ein."

#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:27(p)
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:37(p)
msgid "(Optional) Type a location in the <gui>Location</gui> field."
msgstr "(Optional) Geben Sie einen Ort im <gui>Ort</gui>-Feld ein."

#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:28(p)
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:38(p)
msgid "To select this event as an all day event, click <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>All Day Event</gui></guiseq>, or click the <gui>All Day Event</gui> button on the toolbar."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:29(p)
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:39(p)
msgid "Select the date and time."
msgstr "Wählen Sie Datum und Zeit."

#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:30(p)
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:40(p)
msgid "If the event is not an all day event, select either <gui>For</gui> to specify the duration, or select <gui>Until</gui> to specify the ending time of the event."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:31(p)
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:41(p)
msgid "(Optional) Enter a description in the <gui>Description</gui> field."
msgstr "(Optional) Geben Sie eine Beschreibung im <gui>Beschreibung</gui>-Feld ein."

#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:32(p)
msgid "To show the time as <link xref=\"calendar-free-busy\">busy</link> to others, click <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Show Time as Busy</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:34(p)
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:48(p)
msgid "You can also define a <link xref=\"calendar-timezones\">time zone</link>, a <link xref=\"using-categories\">category</link>, a <link xref=\"calendar-alarms-and-reminders\">reminder</link>, a <link xref=\"calendar-recurrence\">recurrence</link>, or a <link xref=\"calendar-classifications\">classification</link> for the event, or add an attachment."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-timezones.page:5(desc)
msgid "Using time zones in the calendar."
msgstr "Zeitzonen im Kalender verwenden."

#: C/calendar-timezones.page:23(title)
msgid "Using time zones"
msgstr "Zeitzonen verwenden"

#: C/calendar-timezones.page:25(p)
msgid "Evolution supports using multiple time zones."
msgstr "Evolution unterstützt die Nutzung mehrerer Zeitzonen."

#: C/calendar-timezones.page:28(title)
msgid "Setting your global timezone(s)"
msgstr "Ihre globale(n) Zeitzone(n) festlegen"

#: C/calendar-timezones.page:30(p)
msgid "By default Evolution uses the system-wide time zone. This can be changed under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui><gui>General</gui><gui>Time</gui><gui>Time zone</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-timezones.page:32(p)
msgid "If you deal a lot with people in another specific time zone you can display that second time zone in the day view of the calendar. You can set a second time zone under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui><gui>General</gui><gui>Time</gui><gui>Second zone</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-timezones.page:36(title)
msgid "Setting a timezone for an appointment"
msgstr "Eine Zeitzone für einen Termin festlegen"

#: C/calendar-timezones.page:38(p)
msgid "You can also configure time zone information specific to each appointment. To do that, <link xref=\"calendar-usage\">add a new or edit an existing appointment</link> and click the globe button to customize the time zone that the time exists in. For example, if you live in New York but have a telephone meeting set for noon with someone in California, you need to make sure that your schedules are coordinated. Setting time zones on a per-appointment basis helps avoid that potential confusion."
msgstr "Sie können die Zeitzone-Informationen auch spezifisch für einen Termin eingeben. Hierzu <link xref=\"calendar-usage\">erstellen Sie einen neuen Termin oder bearbeiten einen bestehenden Termin</link> und klicken dann auf den Globus-Knopf, um die gewünschte Zeitzone einzugeben. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel in Berlin leben, aber eine Telefonbesprechung mit jemandem in New York um 12 Uhr mittags haben, müssen Sie Ihre Planungen untereinander koordinieren. Sie können Verwirrung vermeiden, indem Sie die Zeitzone dieses Termins korrekt setzen."

#: C/calendar-sharing-information.page:5(desc)
msgid "Make your information (appointments and free/busy times) available to others."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-sharing-information.page:20(title)
msgid "Sharing your calendar information"
msgstr "Ihre Kalender-Informationen freigeben"

#: C/calendar-searching.page:5(desc)
msgid "Searching appointments and meetings."
msgstr "Nach Terminen und Besprechungen suchen."

#: C/calendar-searching.page:28(title)
msgid "Searching for Calendar Items"
msgstr "Nach Kalendereinträgen suchen"

#: C/calendar-searching.page:31(p)
msgid "In the Calendar view, you can quickly search for appointments and meetings either by summary or by category."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:5(desc)
msgid "Repeating appointments."
msgstr "Wiederkehrende Termine."

#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:23(title)
msgid "Using Recurrence"
msgstr "Wiederholungen verwenden"

#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:25(p)
msgid "If you have an appointment that takes place regularly, you can define its recurrence by clicking the <gui>Recurrence</gui> button in the <gui>Appointment Editor</gui> or by clicking <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Recurrence</gui></guiseq>. You can then choose a time and date when the appointment stops recurring, and, under <gui>Exceptions</gui>, pick individual days when the appointment does not recur. Make your selections from left to right, and you form a sentence: \"Every two weeks on Monday and Friday until January 3, 2015\" or \"Every month on the first Friday for 12 occurrences.\""
msgstr "Für einen Wiederholungstermin legen Sie die Wiederholungen fest, indem Sie den Knopf <gui>Wiederholung</gui> im <gui>Termin-Editor</gui> klicken, oder indem Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Optionen</gui><gui>Wiederholung</gui></guiseq> klicken. Sie können eine Zeit und ein Datum auswählen, an welchem der Termin zum letzten Mal gilt, und unter <gui>Ausnahmen</gui> einzelne Tage auswählen, an denen der Termin entfällt. Treffen Sie Ihre Auswahl von links nach rechts und formen Sie einen Satz wie: »Alle zwei Wochen Montags und Freitags bis 3. Januar 2015« oder »Jeden Monat am erster Freitag für 12 Wiederholungen«."

#: C/calendar-publishing.page:5(desc)
msgid "Post your calendar content in public."
msgstr "Veröffentlichen Sie den Inhalt Ihres Kalenders."

#: C/calendar-publishing.page:23(title)
msgid "Calendar Publishing"
msgstr "Kalenderveröffentlichung"

#: C/calendar-publishing.page:24(p)
msgid "In order to make one of your calendars available to the public, you can define calendars to be uploaded to a web server under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui><gui>Publishing Information</gui><gui>Locations</gui><gui style=\"button\">Add</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. This is the location since 3.1.5, see bug https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=655666
#: C/calendar-publishing.page:27(p)
msgid "You can specify the online location, the frequency of publishing, which calendar(s) to publish, and authentication information for uploading."
msgstr "Geben Sie den Speicherort im Internet, die Häufigkeit der Aktualisierung, den zu veröffentlichenden Kalender und die Legitimierungsinformationen zum Hochladen an."

#: C/calendar-publishing.page:29(p)
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:42(p)
msgid "You can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to a WebDAV server, FTP server, a remote machine through SSH or to any other web server with HTTP PUT support."
msgstr "Sie können Kalender- oder Verfügbarkeitsinformationen auf einem WebDAV-, einem FTP-Server, oder auf einer entfernten Maschine per Secure Shell (SSH) oder einem anderen Web-Server per HTTP-PUT veröffentlichen."

#: C/calendar-publishing.page:31(p)
msgid "To immediately publish calendar information, click <guiseq><gui>Actions</gui><gui>Publish Calendar Information</gui></guiseq> in the calendar."
msgstr "Um die Kalenderinformationen sofort zu veröffentlichen, wählen Sie im Kalender-Fenster <guiseq><gui>Aktionen</gui><gui>Kalenderinformationen veröffentlichen</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/calendar-organizing.page:5(desc)
msgid "On using several calendars, searching, and categories."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-organizing.page:21(title)
msgid "Sorting and organizing calendars"
msgstr "Kalender sortieren und organisieren"

#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:5(desc)
msgid "Sending a Meeting Invitation."
msgstr "Eine Besprechungseinladung verschicken."

#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:23(title)
msgid "Sending a Meeting Invitation"
msgstr "Eine Besprechungseinladung verschicken"

#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:25(p)
msgid "When you create a meeting (group appointment), you can specify the attendees in several categories, such as \"chair\" or \"required\". When you save the meeting listing, each attendee is sent an email with the meeting information, which also gives them the option to respond."
msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Besprechung (einen Gruppentermin) erstellen, so können Sie die Teilnehmer in mehrere Kategorien einordnen, wie zum Beispiel als »Vorsitzender« oder »Benötigter Teilnehmer«. Wenn Sie die Besprechung speichern, wird jedem Teilnehmer eine E-Mail mit Informationen zur Besprechung und der Möglichkeit zur Antwort geschickt."

#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:26(p)
msgid "If you do not need to collect attendance information when you're scheduling an event, and would rather just announce the event, right-click the meeting and select <gui>Forward as iCalendar</gui>. This opens a new email message with the event notification attached as an announcement. Recipients can add the event to their calendars with one click, but it will not automatically send you email about whether they plan to attend."
msgstr "Falls Sie als Organisator keine Anwesenheitsinformationen von Teilnehmer einsehen möchten und einfach nur das Ereignis ankündigen möchten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Besprechung und wählen Sie <gui>Als iCalendar weiterleiten</gui>. Es öffnet sich daraufhin das E-Mail-Editor-Fenster mit der Ankündigung als Dateianhang. Empfänger können den Termin zu ihrem Kalender mit einem Klick hinzufügen, aber Ihnen wird keine E-Mail geschickt, ob ein Empfänger eine Teilnahme plant."

#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:28(p)
msgid "To schedule a meeting:"
msgstr "Um eine Besprechung anzusetzen:"

#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:31(p)
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:31(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Meeting</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Neu</gui><gui>Besprechung</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:32(p)
msgid "If you have multiple email accounts, select the one to use by selecting an item in the <gui>Organizer</gui> field."
msgstr "Falls Sie mehrere E-Mail-Konten haben, wählen Sie das gewünschte Konto in der Auswahlliste im <gui>Organisator</gui>-Feld aus."

#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:34(p)
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:32(p)
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to add the email addresses of people you want to invite."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Hinzufügen</gui>, um die E-Mail-Adressen der Personen hinzuzufügen, die Sie einladen möchten."

#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:35(p)
msgid "Click <gui>View</gui> in the menu bar to show or hide the <gui>Type</gui>, <gui>Role</gui>, <gui>Status</gui>, and <gui>RSVP</gui> fields."
msgstr "Klicken Sie in der Menüleiste auf <gui>Ansicht</gui>, um die <gui>Art</gui>-, <gui>Status</gui>-, <gui>Positions</gui>- und <gui>UAwg</gui>-Felder anzuzeigen oder zu verbergen."

#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:42(p)
msgid "To query <link xref=\"calendar-free-busy\">free/busy</link> information for the attendees, click the <gui>Free/Busy</gui> button on the toolbar, or click <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Free/Busy</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Um die <link xref=\"calendar-free-busy\">Verfügbarkeit</link> der Teilnehmer zu prüfen, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>Verfügbarkeit</gui> in der Werkzeugleiste oder auf <guiseq><gui>Optionen</gui><gui>Verfügbarkeit</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:43(p)
msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui> to save the meeting."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Speichern</gui>, um die Besprechung zu speichern."

#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:46(p)
msgid "An email is sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event."
msgstr "Eine E-Mail wird an alle Teilnehmer verschickt, um diese für das Ereignis einzuladen."

#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:50(p)
msgid "In Evolution, a meeting can have only one organizer, and only the organizer can add participants to that meeting. Though it is possible to change the organizer of a meeting, this is not recommended as a means to invite additional participants to meetings. If you want to invite additional people to a meeting and are not that meeting's organizer, it is recommended that you forward the invitation message you received from the original meeting organiser to additional participants."
msgstr "Eine Besprechung kann nur einen Organisator haben, und nur der Organisator kann Teilnehmer hinzufügen. Sie können sich als Organisator einer Besprechung ausersehen, aber falls Sie nicht der wirkliche Organisator sind kann dies zu Verwirrung führen. Falls Sie weitere Personen zu der Besprechung einladen möchten, ohne den Organisator zu ändern, ist es am einfachsten, die eigentliche Einladungsnachricht an weitere Personen weiterzuleiten."

#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:5(desc)
msgid "Accepting and replying to a meeting invitation."
msgstr "Eine Besprechungseinladung annehmen und beantworten."

#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:23(title)
msgid "Replying to a Meeting Request"
msgstr "Eine Besprechungseinladung beantworten"

#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:24(p)
msgid "Meeting requests are sent as attachments and displayed as the body of an email. All the details about the event are shown, including time and dates."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:25(p)
msgid "You can choose whether and how to reply to the invitation and add a personal comment to your reply. Available options are to <gui>Decline</gui>, Tentatively Accept (<gui>Tentative</gui>), or <gui>Accept</gui>. You can also decide whether the time of the meeting will still be shown as free in your calendar."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:27(p)
msgid "If the meeting request already includes a <link xref=\"calendar-alarms-and-reminders\">reminder</link> you can import the reminder to your calendar by enabling <gui>Inherit reminder</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:29(p)
msgid "If you click <gui>Accept</gui> the event is added automatically to the calendar that you have chosen."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:30(p)
msgid "After you have added the meeting to your calendar, you can make changes to the meeting, but if the original organizer sends out an update, your changes might be overwritten."
msgstr "Nachdem Sie die Besprechung zu Ihrem Kalender hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Änderungen vornehmen, aber falls der eigentliche Organisator eine Aktualisierung schickt, können Ihre Änderungen überschrieben werden."

#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:32(p)
msgid "Under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui><gui>Meeting Invitations</gui><gui>Conflict Search</gui></guiseq> you can define which calendars are used for warning you of meeting conflicts."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-meetings.page:5(desc)
msgid "Using meetings in the calendar."
msgstr "Besprechungen im Kalender verwenden."

#: C/calendar-meetings.page:20(title)
msgid "Meetings"
msgstr "Besprechungen"

#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:5(desc)
msgid "Ask somebody else to run the meeting."
msgstr "Eine andere Person bitten, die Besprechung zu leiten."

#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:25(title)
msgid "Delegating Meetings"
msgstr "Besprechungen delegieren"

#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:26(p)
msgid "Only attendees of a meeting can delegate a meeting."
msgstr "Nur Teilnehmer einer Besprechung können eine Besprechung delegieren."

#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:29(p)
msgid "Right-click on the meeting that you want to delegate."
msgstr "Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Besprechung, die Sie delegieren möchten."

#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:32(p)
msgid "Click <gui>Delegate Meeting</gui>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Besprechung delegieren</gui>."

#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:35(p)
msgid "Select the contacts you want to delegate the meeting to."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Kontakte aus, an die die Besprechung delegiert werden soll."

#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:41(p)
msgid "Each contact receives a copy of the meeting invitation."
msgstr "Jeder Kontakt erhält eine E-Mail mit der Einladung zur Besprechung."

#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:5(desc)
msgid "The red \"Marcus Bains\" line displays the current time."
msgstr "Die rote Marcus-Bains-Linie zeigt die aktuelle Zeit an."

#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:19(title)
msgid "Time display in the Day view"
msgstr "Zeitanzeige in der Tagesansicht"

#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:21(p)
msgid "The red Marcus Bains Line in the Day view of the calendar is a marker to show the current date and time."
msgstr "Die Marcus-Bains-Linie ist eine Markierung, die Ihnen die momentane Zeit und das momentane Datum im Kalender anzeigt."

#: C/calendar-local.page:5(desc)
msgid "Adding another local calendar."
msgstr "Einen weiteren lokalen Kalender hinzufügen."

#: C/calendar-local.page:20(title)
msgid "Adding another local calendar"
msgstr "Einen weiteren lokalen Kalender hinzufügen"

#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:5(desc)
msgid "Using date ranges (day, week, month) to look at the calendar."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:23(title)
msgid "Available views"
msgstr "Verfügbare Ansichten"

#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:25(p)
msgid "Evolution offers five different views of your calendar data:"
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:27(p)
msgid "Day (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Y</key></keyseq>)"
msgstr "Tag (<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Y</key></keyseq>)"

#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:28(p)
msgid "Work Week (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>J</key></keyseq>)"
msgstr "Arbeitswoche (<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>J</key></keyseq>)"

#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:29(p)
msgid "Week (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>K</key></keyseq>)"
msgstr "Woche (<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>K</key></keyseq>)"

#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:30(p)
msgid "Month (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq>)"
msgstr "Monat (<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>M</key></keyseq>)"

#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:31(p)
msgid "List (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>)"
msgstr "Liste (<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>L</key></keyseq>)"

#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:34(p)
msgid "You can switch the view by either using the buttons in the toolbar, or by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Current View</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:36(p)
msgid "You can also select an arbitrary range of days in the small calendar in the side bar. To do this, select the days that you want to view in your calendar."
msgstr "Sie können auch eine freigewählte Anzahl an Tagen im kleinen Kalender in der Seitenleiste links auswählen. Wählen Sie hierzu die Tage aus, die in Ihrer Kalenderansicht angezeigt werden sollen."

#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:38(p)
msgid "The Previous and Next buttons move you forward and back in your calendar pages. If you are using a week or month view, you can move by week or month. To return to today's listing, click the <gui>Select today</gui> button between the two arrow buttons in the toolbar."
msgstr "Mit den »Vorherige«- und »Weiter«-Knöpfen in der Werkzeugleiste können Sie sich in den Kalenderseiten vorwärts und rückwärts bewegen. Falls Sie die Wochen- oder Monatsansicht verwenden, so bewegen Sie sich jeweils um eine Woche oder einen Monat. Um auf die heutige Seite zurückzukehren, klicken Sie auf den <gui>Heute</gui>-Knopf zwischen den beiden Pfeilen in der Werkzeugleiste."

#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:40(p)
msgid "To visit calendar entries for a specific date, click the <gui>Select a specific date</gui> button in the toolbar."
msgstr "Um Kalenderbeiträge an einem bestimmten Tag angezeigt zu bekommen, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>Ein bestimmtes Datum wählen</gui> in der Werkzeugleiste."

#: C/calendar-layout.page:5(desc)
msgid "Adjusting the display and views of the calendar."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-layout.page:20(title)
msgid "Changing the calendar layout"
msgstr "Die Anordnung des Kalenders ändern"

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:5(desc)
msgid "General formatting options for the calendar."
msgstr "Allgemeine Formatierungsoptionen für den Kalender."

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:25(title)
msgid "General formatting options"
msgstr "Allgemeine Optionen zur Formatierung"

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:27(p)
msgid "The following options are available under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui><gui>General</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Die folgenden Optionen sind unter <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Einstellungen</gui><gui>Kalender und Aufgaben</gui><gui>Allgemein</gui></guiseq> verfügbar."

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:29(title)
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Uhrzeit"

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:31(p)
msgid "Time format:"
msgstr "Zeitformat:"

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:32(p)
msgid "Choose between twelve-hour (AM/PM) and twenty-four-hour time formats."
msgstr "Wählen Sie zwischen 12-Stunden (AM/PM)- und 24-Stunden-Format."

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:33(p)
msgid "<link xref=\"calendar-timezones\">Time zone</link> and Second zone:"
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:34(p)
msgid "The city you are located in, and optionally a second city."
msgstr "Die Stadt, in der Sie sich befinden, sowie optional eine zweite Stadt."

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:39(title)
msgid "Work Week"
msgstr "Arbeitswochenansicht"

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:41(p)
msgid "Week starts on:"
msgstr "Woche beginnt am:"

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:42(p)
msgid "Select the day to display as the first in each week."
msgstr "Wählen Sie den Wochentag aus, der der erste Tag in jeder Woche ist."

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:43(p)
msgid "Work days:"
msgstr "Arbeitstage:"

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:44(p)
msgid "Define which week days are work days."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:45(p)
msgid "Day begins:"
msgstr "Tag beginnt:"

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:46(p)
msgid "Define at which time your work day begins."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:47(p)
msgid "Day ends:"
msgstr "Tag endet:"

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:48(p)
msgid "Define at which time your work day ends."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:53(title)
msgid "Alerts"
msgstr "Alarme"

#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:54(p)
msgid "If you want to be warned before you delete any appointment, select this option."
msgstr "Falls Sie vor dem Löschen eines Termins gewarnt werden möchten, wählen Sie diese Option hier aus."

#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:5(desc)
msgid "Define the displaying of appointments in the calendar."
msgstr "Das Anzeigen von Terminen im Kalender festlegen."

#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:23(title)
msgid "Appearance of Appointments"
msgstr "Erscheinungsbild von Terminen"

#. TODO: Recheck once https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=657233 is fixed, as the current UI is a huge mess.
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:29(p)
msgid "The following calendar-related options are available under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui><gui>Display</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Die folgenden Optionen für Kalender sind unter <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Einstellungen</gui><gui>Kalender und Aufgaben</gui><gui>Anzeige</gui></guiseq> verfügbar."

#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:32(title)
msgid "General"
msgstr "Allgemein"

#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:34(p)
msgid "Time Divisions:"
msgstr "Zeitunterteilungen:"

#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:35(p)
msgid "Sets the time increments shown as fine lines on the daily view in the calendar."
msgstr "Bestimmt die Zeitabschnitte, die als dünne Linien in der Tagesansicht im Kalender dargestellt werden."

#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:36(p)
msgid "Show appointment end times in week and month views:"
msgstr "Endzeiten von Terminen in Wochen- und Monatsansicht anzeigen:"

#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:37(p)
msgid "If there is space, Evolution shows the end times in the week and month views for each appointment."
msgstr "Falls Platz vorhanden ist, stellt Evolution die Endzeiten in der Wochen- und Monatsansicht für jeden Termin dar."

#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:38(p)
msgid "Compress weekends in month view:"
msgstr "Wochenende in Monatsansicht komprimieren:"

#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:39(p)
msgid "Select this option to display weekends in one box instead of two in the month view."
msgstr "Wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Wochenenden als eine Box in der Monatsansicht dargestellt werden sollen."

#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:40(p)
msgid "Show week numbers:"
msgstr "Wochennummern anzeigen:"

#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:41(p)
msgid "Shows the week numbers next to the respective weeks in the calendar."
msgstr "Zeigt die Wochennummer neben der jeweiligen Woche im kleinen Kalender in der Seitenleiste an."

#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:42(p)
msgid "Show recurring events in italic in bottom left calendar"
msgstr "Wiederkehrende Ereignisse im Kalender unten links kursiv anzeigen"

#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:43(p)
msgid "Scroll Month View by a week"
msgstr "Monatsansicht wochenweise durchblättern"

#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:48(title)
msgid "Date/Time Format"
msgstr "Format von Datum/Zeit"

#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:49(p)
msgid "You can change the format of the <gui>Date</gui> column by setting your preferred format."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-google.page:5(desc)
msgid "Using the online calendar of your Google account."
msgstr "Den Online-Kalender Ihres Google-Kontos nutzen."

#: C/calendar-google.page:24(title)
msgid "Using a Google calendar"
msgstr "Einen Google-Kalender verwenden"

#: C/calendar-google.page:34(p)
msgid "If you have more than one Google calendar, define which of them to use."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:5(desc)
msgid "Using the Free/Busy view for setting up meetings."
msgstr "Die Verfügbarkeitsansicht zum Planen von Besprechungen benutzen."

#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:23(title)
msgid "Free/Busy information"
msgstr "Verfügbarkeitsinformationen"

#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:25(p)
msgid "You can use the Free/Busy search for meetings to determine the availability of invitees."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:27(p)
msgid "In addition to the standard meeting scheduling tools, you can use the Free/Busy view to check whether people are available in advance. The Free/Busy feature is normally a function of dedicated groupware servers such as Microsoft Exchange and Novell GroupWise. However, you can also publish Free/Busy information online, and access Free/Busy information published elsewhere. If not everyone you collaborate with publishes Free/Busy data, you can still use <link xref=\"calendar-meetings-sending-invitation\">meeting invitations</link> to coordinate schedules with other people."
msgstr "Zusätzlich zu den anderen Werkzeugen zum Planen können Sie in der Verfügbarkeitsansicht vor dem Ansetzen einer Besprechung nachschauen, ob bestimmte Personen verfügbar sein werden. Die Verfügbarkeitsfunktion ist eigentlich eine Funktion bestimmter Groupware-Server wie Microsoft Exchange und Novell Groupwise. Aber auch ohne diese Server können Verfügbarkeitsinformationen online gestellt und anderswo aufgerufen werden. Falls nicht jeder Verfügbarkeitsinformationen veröffentlicht, mit dem Sie zusammen arbeiten, so können Sie immer noch <link xref=\"calendar-meetings-sending-invitation\">Besprechungseinladungen</link> versenden, um Ihre Planung mit anderen Personen abzustimmen."

#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:29(p)
msgid "To access the free/busy view:"
msgstr "Um die Verfügbarkeit einzusehen:"

#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:33(p)
msgid "Click the <gui>Free/Busy</gui> button on the toolbar, or click <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Free/Busy</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>Verfügbarkeit</gui> in der Werkzeugleiste, oder klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Optionen</gui><gui>Verfügbarkeit</gui></guiseq>."

#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:34(p)
msgid "Adjust the meeting time, either by dragging the meeting borders or by using the <gui>Autopick</gui> buttons to choose a time automatically, then click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Attendees on an Exchange server have the appointment updated automatically; others receive email notification of any change in plans."
msgstr "Bestimmen Sie die Besprechungszeit, indem Sie entweder im Planungsgitter die Besprechungszeit per Maus verändern oder indem Sie den <gui>Auto-Auswählen</gui>-Knopf benutzen, um automatisch eine Zeit auszuwählen. Klicken Sie dann auf <gui style=\"button\">Schließen</gui>. Für Teilnehmer auf einem Exchange-Server wird der Termin automatisch aktualisiert; alle anderen erhalten eine E-Mail-Benachrichtigung über jegliche Änderungen in der Planung."

#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:38(p)
msgid "Attendee List:"
msgstr "Teilnehmer-Liste:"

#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:38(p)
msgid "The Attendee List shows the people who have been invited to the appointment."
msgstr "Die Teilnehmer-Liste zeigt die Personen an, die für den Termin eingeladen wurden."

#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:39(p)
msgid "Schedule Grid:"
msgstr "Planungsgitter:"

#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:39(p)
msgid "The Schedule Grid shows the published Free/Busy information for the people you have invited. This is where you compare schedules to find free time to schedule the appointment. Individuals have visible scheduling information only if they use the same Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server you do (that is, if they are in the same organization as you), or if they publish free/busy information at a URL you can reach and you have entered that URL into their contact cards using the contact editor."
msgstr "Das Planungsgitter zeigt die Verfügbarkeitsinformationen der Personen an, die Sie eingeladen haben. Hier können Sie die Kalender verschiedener Personen vergleichen, um Zeit für ein gemeinsames Treffen zu finden. Verfügbarkeitsinformationen können nur eingesehen werden, wenn Sie den selben Novell GroupWise- oder Microsoft Exchange-Server benutzen wie Sie, oder falls die Person ihre Verfügbarkeitsinformationen unter einer Web-Adresse veröffentlicht, auf die Sie zugreifen können und welche Sie bereits als URL im Evolution-Adressbuch in die jeweiligen Kontaktinformationen eingegeben haben."

#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:43(p)
msgid "The default server can be defined under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui><gui>Publishing Information</gui><gui>Default Free/Busy Server</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Der Vorgabe-Server wird unter <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Einstellungen</gui><gui>Kalender und Aufgaben</gui><gui>Informationen zur Veröffentlichung</gui><gui>Vorgabe-Verfügbarkeits-Server</gui></guiseq> eingestellt."

#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:47(title)
msgid "Accessing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server"
msgstr "Verfügbarkeitsinformationen abrufen ohne einen GroupWare-Server"

#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:49(p)
msgid "If individuals give you a URL for Free/Busy data or for their web calendar, you can add the URL under <guiseq><gui>Personal Information</gui><gui>Web Addresses</gui></guiseq> in the <link xref=\"contacts-usage-edit-contact\">Contact Editor</link>. Then, when you schedule a meeting with them, Evolution looks up the schedule and displays it in the Free/Busy data."
msgstr "Falls jemand Ihnen eine Web-Adresse (URL) für seine Verfügbarkeits- oder Kalenderinformationen gibt, können Sie diese als <guiseq><gui>Persönliche Informationen</gui><gui>Web-Adressen</gui></guiseq> im <link xref=\"contacts-usage-edit-contact\">Kontakteditor</link> eintragen. Wenn Sie dann ein Treffen mit dieser Person planen, zeigt Evolution automatisch die Verfügbarkeitsinformationen dieses Kontakts."

#: C/calendar-classifications.page:5(desc)
msgid "Classifying appointments and tasks on groupware servers."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-classifications.page:23(title)
msgid "Using Classifications"
msgstr "Einstufungen verwenden"

#: C/calendar-classifications.page:25(p)
msgid "If you are using a calendar on a Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server, you can select a classification to determine who can view it."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-classifications.page:26(p)
msgid "To set a classification for an appointment or a task, click <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Classifications</gui></guiseq> and select a classification in the editor. <gui>Public</gui> is the default category, and a public appointment can be viewed by anyone on the calendar-sharing network. <gui>Private</gui> denotes one level of security, and <gui>Confidential</gui> an even higher level."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-classifications.page:27(p)
msgid "The different levels vary depending on your server settings; check with your system administrator or adjust your delegation settings."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-caldav.page:5(desc)
msgid "Using an online CalDAV calendar."
msgstr "Einen Online-CalDAV-Kalender nutzen."

#: C/calendar-caldav.page:23(title)
msgid "Using a CalDAV calendar"
msgstr "Einen CalDAV-Kalender verwenden"

#: C/calendar-caldav.page:28(p)
msgid "Select the type <gui>CalDAV</gui>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie den Typ <gui>CalDAV</gui>."

#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:5(desc)
msgid "Setting up reminder notifications for appointments."
msgstr "Erinnerungen für Termine einrichten."

#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:23(title)
msgid "Reminders for appointments"
msgstr "Erinnerungen für Termine"

#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:26(title)
msgid "General Settings"
msgstr "Allgemeine Einstellungen"

#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:28(p)
msgid "Under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui><gui>Reminders</gui></guiseq> you can select those calendars for which you want to receive reminder notifications. If you do not select a calendar, you will not receive reminders for any events in this calendar. You can also define whether to show a reminder for every appointment and for every birthday and anniversary."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:33(title)
msgid "Manual Reminders"
msgstr "Manuelle Erinnerungen"

#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:35(p)
msgid "Apart from the general settings you can also set up reminders in the appointment editor for certain appointments only:"
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:37(p)
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Reminders</gui></guiseq> or press the Reminder button in the toolbar."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:38(p)
msgid "From the dropdown menu, choose either one of the available default options when to show a notification reminder, or choose <gui>Customize</gui>."
msgstr ""

#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:40(p)
msgid "In case of <gui>Customize</gui>, the reminder can be a popup, a sound played, or a program ran. You can also define whether the reminder should be repeated."
msgstr ""

#: C/backup-restore.page:5(desc)
msgid "Back up and restore your Evolution data and settings."
msgstr "Sichern und Wiederherstellen von Evolution-Daten und Einstellungen."

#: C/backup-restore.page:21(title)
msgid "Back up and restore"
msgstr "Sichern und Wiederherstellen"

#: C/backup-restore.page:23(p)
msgid "You can back up your Evolution data. The backup saves your settings, mail, contacts, tasks, memos and calendars. It will be stored in a gzip-compressed tar archive file."
msgstr ""

#: C/backup-restore.page:26(title)
msgid "Backing up"
msgstr "Datensicherung"

#: C/backup-restore.page:28(p)
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Back up Evolution Data...</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#: C/backup-restore.page:29(p)
msgid "Choose a filename and the folder where you want to save the backup file, and click <gui style=\"button\">Save</gui>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie einen Dateinamen und den Ordner, in dem Sie die Sicherungsdatei speichern wollen, und klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Speichern</gui>."

#: C/backup-restore.page:30(p)
#: C/backup-restore.page:39(p)
msgid "You will get asked to close Evolution. Answer with <gui style=\"button\">Yes</gui>."
msgstr "Sie werden darum gebeten, Evolution zu schließen. Antworten Sie mit <gui style=\"button\">Ja</gui>."

#: C/backup-restore.page:35(title)
msgid "Restoring"
msgstr "Wiederherstellung"

#: C/backup-restore.page:37(p)
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Restore Evolution Data...</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Evolution-Daten wiederherstellen …</gui></guiseq>"

#: C/backup-restore.page:38(p)
msgid "Choose the file, and click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui>."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Datei und klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Öffnen</gui>."

#: C/backup-restore.page:41(p)
msgid "In the <link xref=\"intro-first-run\">first-run assistant</link>, you can restore Evolution data from a backup file."
msgstr "Im <link xref=\"intro-first-run\">Einrichtungs-Assistenten</link> stellen Sie Evolution-Daten aus einer Sicherheitskopie wieder her."

#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
#: C/index.page:0(None)
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""
"Andre Klapper <ak-47@gmx.net>, 2007, 2008, 2009\n"
"Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011\n"
"Christian Kirbach <Christian.Kirbach@googlemail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011."